KSEEB Class 8 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 Reproduction in animals Notes

KSEEB Class 8 Biology Chapter 3 Reproduction In Animals Notes Learning Objectives

  • Types of asexual reproduction Binary fission, budding, spore formation, vegetative propagation, artificial propagation by tissue culture Sexual reproduction in plants
  • Review of parts of a typical flower (four whorls and their structure and function)
  • Pollination: Self and cross Agents of pollination, Three characteristics of plants pollinated by insects, water and wind (with examples). Characteristics of flowers of each kind
  • Fertilization process in brief by flow chart’ Mention of artificial pollination.
  • As we have discussed in the previous chapter also, the production of new organisms from the existing organisms of the same species is known as reproduction. In other words, animals also reproduce by giving birth to their young ones. Simple organisms such as yeast and bacteria reproduce by budding or fission.
  • Animals also reproduce to continue their generations. Lower animals such as Amoeba and Hydra reproduce by asexual methods involving only one parent. But higher animals such as human beings reproduce by sexual methods involving both parents. In human beings, male and female organs are present in separate individuals.
  • Animals reproduce by these two methods—sexual reproduction and asexual reproduction.

KSEEB Class 8 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 Reproduction In Animals Notes

Asexual Reproduction In Animals

  • Asexual reproduction is seen in very few animals and especially those of the lower group. Some examples of animals that reproduce asexually arc Hydra, corals, liverworts, Amoeba and starfish. This type of reproduction does not involve the fusion of two sex cells (gametes), i.e. the fusion of egg and sperm. In asexual reproduction, only one parent is involved.

Sexual Reproduction In Animals

  • Sexual reproduction involves the fusion of male and female cells to form a fused zygote. The process of fusion is termed as fertilization. As mentioned earlier, most of animals reproduce by the method of sexual reproduction. The process of fertilization may be external (i.e. taking place outside the female body) or internal (i.e. which may be inside the female body). In some animals, the embryo grows outside the mother’s body in a hard-shelled egg. The eggs hatch after some time and the baby comes out of them.
  • The fused zygote divides by the method of cell division whereby the cells multiply and grow and they form an embryo. The embryo thus formed remains inside the female body and derives all the nutrition from there till it is mature enough to survive on its own. At the appropriate time and when it reaches certain level of growth, the embryo is expelled from the body of the mother and is capable of surviving on its own. The young one that is born from the mother’s body eventually grows into an adult.
  • Animals like cows, horses, dogs, and human beings directly give birth to young ones. Birds and reptiles and some aquatic animals lay eggs and young ones hatch out of them. Insects go through various stages of development before finally becoming adult insects. The offspring produced by these insects are called larvae which is different from the adults. These larvae undergo various stages of development during their lifetime.

System

  • In humans, the reproductive system is different for males and females. Let us understand them one by one.

SSLC Class 8 Biology Reproduction In Animals Solutions

Male Reproductive System

  • The human male reproductive system consists of the following organs: testes, scrotal sacs, epididymis, sperm ducts, seminal vesicles, and penis. The male reproductive system is primarily made up of a pair of testes (singular: testis) that is located outside the abdominal cavity in a sac known as a scrotum or scrotal sac. The male reproductive cells or male gametes are produced inside the testes. The male gametes are known as sperms.
  • The epididymis is a convoluted structure and it serves to store mature sperms. The testes consist of several sperm-producing tubes that join to form sperm ducts. Vas deferens transports sperms from the epididymis to the urethra. Just before the opening of the ducts that arise from each testis, there is a gland known as a seminal vesicle.
  • This gland, which is present in each testis, produces a substance that acts like e the medium for the passage of the sperm. This liquid medium mixes with the sperm and forms the semen which is milky in nature. The sperms present in the semen reach the urethra which is present inside the penis. The semen is eventually released through the penis.

 

 

Reproduction in animals male reproductive system

 

The penis is the male external sex organ.

Female Reproductive System

The female reproductive system primarily consists of a pair of ovaries that bear the eggs or the female gametes known as the ova. The two ovaries are oval in shape and located in the lower part of the abdomen on either side of the uterus. The size of the ovary is about the same as that of an almond.

 

 

 

Reproduction in animals femal reproductive system

A funnel-shaped tube known as the fallopian tube or the oviduct is present close to the ovary. When the egg is released from the ovary, it passes through the fallopian tube to the uterus. The uterus is a hollow, muscular, pear-shaped structure located in the abdomen of a female. But before it moves to the uterus, it gets fertilized in the fallopian tubes. The lower part of the uterus is narrow and is known as the cervix. The opening of the cervix to the exterior is through a muscular tube called the vagina. The vagina is the part of the female reproductive system that receives the sperm from the male reproductive system.

KSEEB Notes On Reproduction In Animals For Class 8

Menstrual Cycle

The process of ovulation and menstruation in women is called the menstrual cycle (because it occurs again and again after a fixed time period). It is a series of cyclical events and changes that takes place in the inner lining of the uterus of a non-pregnant female. The menstrual cycle is a period of about 28 to 30 days during which an egg cell (or ovum) matures, the mature egg cell is released by the ovary, thickening of the uterus lining takes place, and finally, the uterus lining breaks down causing bleeding in women (if the egg cell has not been fertilized). Initially, the menstrual cycle in girls may be irregular (it may not be for 28 to 30 days). It becomes regular after some lime. The menstrual cycle in women is controlled by hormones. When a mature egg is released from an ovary, it is termed as ovulation. Ovulation occurs on the 14th day of the menstrual cycle.

Fertilization

The sperm made in the testes of a man is introduced by the penis into the woman’s body through the vagina. The sperms enter into the vagina, pass through the uterus and then go into the oviducts. The tail of sperms helps them in moving and reach the oviducts. If at the same time, the ovary of a woman releases an egg (or ovum), then this egg also goes into the oviduct. One of the sperm enters the egg. The fusion of sperm with egg is called fertilization. During fertilization, the nucleus of the sperm fuses with the nucleus of the egg cell to form a single nucleus. This results in the formation of a fertilized egg called the zygote.

Thus, a sperm combines with the egg in the oviduct and fertilizes it to form a zygote. The zygote (or fertilized egg) is the beginning of the formation of a new baby (or a new individual).

Implantation

When the egg is fertilized by the sperm, it starts developing by repeated cell division and forms the zygote. Several cells form during the developing stage and this mass of cells finally reaches the uterus. Here it gets fixed in the wall of the uterus. This fixing of the embryo in the uterus is known as implantation. At this stage, the female is said to be in a state of pregnancy. The growth process of the embryo takes place inside the uterus for the next few weeks where all the vital internal systems as well as the limbs develop.

Sperms enter through the vagina Fertilisation occurs in the oviduct

reproduction in animals fertilization

 

Development of Embryo

The zygote (or fertilized egg) divides repeatedly to make a ball of hundreds of cells. This is called an embryo. The embryo moves down the oviduct into the uterus. The embryo gets embedded in the soft and thick lining of the uterus. This is called implantation. When the embryo settles down in the uterus, the woman is said to have become pregnant (or said to have conceived).

The embryo starts growing in the embryo stage. The unborn baby remains an embryo in the first eight weeks of pregnancy. In a human embryo at 4 to 5 weeks’ development, we cannot identify anybody’s features (hands, legs, head, eyes, ears, etc.) of the developing baby. The embryo continues to grow and develop in the uterus to form a baby. It gradually develops body parts such as hands, legs, head, eyes, and ears, etc. An unborn baby in the uterus at the stage when all the body parts can be identified is called a fetus (The word ‘fetus’ is pronounced as ‘fetus’).

A human embryo becomes a fetus after about eight weeks of pregnancy. From about eight weeks until birth, the unborn baby is called fetus. It takes about 38 weeks (about nine months) from the fertilization of the egg to the formation of a fully developed baby. When the development of the fetus into a baby is complete, the mother gives birth to the baby. The fully formed baby comes out of the mother’s body through the vagina. And we say that a baby is born. This is how humans reproduce by giving birth to babies. All of us were born in this way.

 

 

Reproduction -in- animals development of the baby in the mothersd womb

Detailed Notes On Reproduction In Animals KSEEB Class 8

Birth

The development of an embryo in the uterus takes place over a period of about 40 weeks. This is known as the gestation period which could vary by a few weeks for every individual. At the end of the gestation period, the baby comes out of the mother’s body usually with its head first, through the vagina. It requires immense force to push the baby out and this is achieved by the contractions of the muscles of the uterus.

Growth And Development

Growth refers to the increase in the size and number of cells. It is an irreversible process. After the birth of a child, the second stage of growth takes place which is out of the mother’s womb. This stage of growth has the following stages:

Infancy: This is the first stage of growth after the birth of a child and lasts for up to two years. During this time, the babies grow rapidly. They try to speak with single words and learn to sit and stand. They start to recognize the tilings and people around them, especially their mother and father.

Childhood: The period of childhood lasts for up to 12 years of age. Physical changes take place in the body and the child continues to grow intellectually, emotionally, and socially.

Adolescence: Growing up is a natural process. Growth begins from the day a baby is born. A baby grows and becomes a child. A young human being below the age of full physical development is called a child. When a child crosses the age of 10 years or 11 years, there is a sudden spurt in his or her body growth which becomes noticeable. The rapid changes which take place in the body from this age onwards are part of growing up. These changes indicate that the person is no longer a child but he or she is on the way to becoming an adult. A mature human being who is fully grown and developed is called an adult. There is a period of life in human beings when a person is neither a child nor an adult. The transitional period of physical and mental development which occurs between childhood and adulthood is called adolescence. Adolescence can be defined as die time between childhood and adulthood.

Puberty: Although a baby is born with a full set of reproductive organs (both in a male as well as a female), these organs do not function during the first 10 or 12 years of life. Under the influence of hormones produced in the body, the reproductive organs become active at the time known as puberty. A number of physical, mental, and emotional development occur due to hormonal changes. The period of growth in adolescents due to hormonal change is called puberty.

  • Puberty tends to start earlier in girls (females) than in boys (males). Generally, girls attain puberty at a lower age of 10 to 13 years while boys reach puberty at a comparatively higher age of 12 to 14 years.
  • At puberty, many changes occur in the bodies of boys and girls. In both, boys as well as girls, there is a rapid increase in the rate of growth (height, etc.) during puberty. Puberty is marked by the development of secondary sexual characteristics in boys and girls (such as the growth of facial hair and deeper voice in boys; and the development of breasts and the start of menstruation in girls).

Reproduction in animals table boys girls

 

  • Voice deepens in boys. It becomes low-pitched.  The voice becomes high-pitched.
  • Testes enlarge and start to make sperms. Ovaries mature and start to release eggs (or ova). Menstruation (monthly periods) begins.
  • The chest and shoulders of boys broaden (become wider). Breasts develop and enlarge. Hips broaden due to the deposition of fats.
  • A rapid increase in height occurs. A rapid increase in height occurs.
  • Beards and mustaches appear on the face. Chest and No hair on chest, face, or abdomen. Pubic hair starts pubic hair grow. to appear.

Adulthood: An individual is said to be an adult when he or she reaches the age of 18-20 years. The growth process does not stop at this age but slows down considerably. Ail adult is said to be emotionally grounded and mature enough to handle situations. They learn to take independent decisions and attain a sense of responsibility while focusing on their future.

Summary

  • Animals reproduce by asexual as well as sexual methods.
  • Asexual methods include budding and fission which are seen in unicellular organisms like Amoeba as well as multicellular organisms like Hyara.
  • The male and female cells called sperms and eggs are present in the male and female species, respectively.
  • The fertilised egg is called a zygote which grows to become an embryo.
  • The embryo gets fixed in the uterus and grows further.
  • The young one is born when it develops to a certain size and is capable of independent survival.
  • A young human baby grows in size and reaches the puberty stage. During this time, several drastic changes take place physically as well as emotionally and the period is known as adolescence.
  • A child becomes an adult when he or she reaches the age of 18-20 years.

Part A – Our PASTS – III (History)

Part B – Resources and Development (Geography)

Part C: Social and Political Life -III (Civics)

KSEEB Class 8 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Reproduction in Plants Notes

KSEEB Class 8 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Reproduction In Plants Notes

Plants are living things and they exhibit some basic characteristics that are important for their survival and growth. Reproduction is one of the characteristic features of plants by which they reproduce so that their species survive. Thus, reproduction can be defined as the process of living beings producing young ones of their own kind.

Types Of Reproduction

There are two basic modes of reproduction in plants—Asexual (vegetative) reproduction and sexual reproduction.

KSEEB Class 8 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Reproduction in Plants Notes

Asexual Reproduction

This method of reproduction involves a single parent which gives rise to the new individual. The offspring produced by this method are the exact copies of their parent. Amoeba, some lower organisms such as Hydra and veal reproduce by asexual reproduction. In plants, asexual reproduction takes place by the following methods:

Binary Fission

Small and lower organisms such as bacteria, Paramecium and blue-green algae reproduce through the method of binary fission. Here, the word ‘binary’ means ‘two’ and fission’ means ‘splitting’. It is a common method of reproduction in bacteria. In this method, the nucleusReproductioninplantsBinaryfission

first splits into two and thereby, leads to the splitting up of the whole cell which finally forms Iwo identical twin cells, called the daughter cells.

Each daughter cell grows into adult individual. In algae such as Chlamydomonas, another type of fission process called multiple fission is seen as method of reproduction during unfavourable conditions. Chlamydomonas develops a protective covering when the conditions aren’t favourable. This protective covering is called cyst.

SSLC Class 8 Biology Reproduction In Plants Solutions

The cell divides again and again inside the cyst to produce many daughter cells. When the favourable conditions return, the daughter cells are released from the cyst. Each daughter cell grows into a new organism.

Budding

Reproduction by the method of budding is commonly seen in fungus, for example yeast.
In this method, a small bud-like outgrowth is seen in the parent body. This bud grows, increases in size and eventually gets detached from the parent. During the growing phase of the bud, the nucleus within the parent cell divides into two. One part moves into the bud and as a result, the detached bud is capable of growing into an independent plant

reproductioninplantsbudding inyeast

Fragmentation

In this method of asexual reproduction, the body of an organism breaks up into two or more fragments. Each part or fragment then grows into a new plant. The most common example of this kind of reproduction is seen in filamentous algae Spirogyra.

Spore Formation

Spore formation is an asexual method of reproduction in plants. The formation of spores is seen on the underside of the leaves of some ornamental plants. These spores can be compared to the seeds formed in higher plants.

In the spore formation method of reproduction, the parent plant produces hundreds of tiny spores in ‘spore cases’. When the spore case of the plant bursts, then the spores spread into the air. As the spores are very light, they keep floating in air and are carried over large distances by air.

Each spore is covered by a hard, protective coat to withstand unfavourable conditions such as high temperature and low humidity. They can survive for a long period of time.

reproductioninplantsSporeformationinfungus

Under suitable conditions, spores are capable of producing new plants. Plants such as ferns, fungi and mosses reproduce by means of spores. Fungus also produces spores.

KSEEB Notes On Reproduction In Plants For Class 8

Vegetative Propagation

Vegetative propagation is an asexual method of reproduction in plants. It is also called vegetative propagation because the production of new plants lakes place through the vegetative parts of the plants. Vegetative propagation usually involves the growth and development of one (or more) buds on the old part of the plant to produce a new plant. These buds are in the dormant state (inactive state) in the old part of the plant.

When provided with suitable conditions (like food, moisture, warmth, etc.), these buds grow to form new plants. Some of the plants which are usually reproduced by the method of vegetative propagation are: rose, potato, ginger, turmeric, sweet potato, dahlia, mini, sugar cane, banana, bryophyllum, strawberry, gladiolus, cactus and grapes. In vegetative propagation, plants reproduce from the vegetative parts such as roots, stems and leaves. Let us understand these methods one by one.

Reproduction by Stems

The vegetative propagation in plants can be done using aerial stem, sub-aerial stem and underground stem.

By Aerial Stems

The stems (or branches) of plants normally bear buds in the ‘axils* which can be used in vegetative propagation to produce new plants.  Reproduction by aerial New plants can be stem (cutting method)
obtained from the stem (or branch) of an existing plant by the method of cuttings’. A small part of stem (or branch) of a plant which is removed by making a cut with a sharp knife, is called a cutting.

reproductioninplantsReproductionbyaerialWhile making a cutting, care should be taken to see that there arc some buds on it. The lower end of stem cutting is buried in the moist soil. The upper part of cutting having bud on it is kept above the ground. The cutting planted in soil is watered every day The new plant grows in some time. Please note that a stem cutting or a branch cutting means the same thing. We will now describe how new plants can be grown from cuttings.

By Sub-Aerial Stems

In some plants, a slender branch coming out from the base of the stem grows and bends to touch the soil. It develops roots and buds at the point of contact with the soil. Some examples of plants that display such stems include strawberry, jasmine and mint. These plants are also called runners and stolons.

By Underground Stems

Most of the plants around us have normal stems which grow above the ground. Some of the plants, however, have modified stems which are short Fig. 2.6 Runners and and thick, and grow stolons in strawberry below the ground (or underground). Rhizome, corm, bulbs and tubers are the various kinds of underground stems. Rhizome: Rhizome is an underground stem that bears roots and shoots at the nodes. The roots and shoots develop into a new plant. Some examples of plants where rhizome is seen are grasses, canna, ginger and turmeric.
Corm: Corm is an underground stem that grows in clusters and is usually round in shape. Roots develop from the base and sides of the corm.

reproductioninplantsRunnersandandthick,andgrowstolonsinstrawberry

The examples of plants where corm is seen are gladiolus and saffron.
Bulbs: Bulb is an underground stem having a bud and membranous leaves. The membranous leaves are known as scales. The scales store food materials. The buds can grow into a new plant. Bulbs are used to grow the plants such as garlic, tulips and onion.

Tubers: Tubers are stems that grow underground and are swollen and fleshy. They serve for food storage and reproduction. Tubers develop eyes which contain buds that are capable of growing into new plants. Stored food within the tubers is used up by the buds during the process of growing into a new plant. Potato is an example of a tuber.

reproductioninplantsRhizome(ginger)Corm[gladiolus)Bulb(onion)Tuber(potato)

Aim: To observe vegetative reproduction through rhi2ome.

Procedure: Take a small piece of ginger and place in a pot conta ning soil. Cover it entirely with soil. Water it every day. After a few days, you will observe that buds are growing into new aerial shoots to form a new plant. Look at the roots of the plant now.

Observation: In ginger, buds grow into new plants and this type of stem modification is called rhizome.

Activity 1

Aim: To observe vegetative reproduction in onion through onion bulbs.
Procedure:
Take a healthy onion bulb and place it in a pot containing soil. Cover the onion bulb with soil. Water it every day. After a few days, you will observe new leaves growing. Gradually, the bud will grow into a new plant.
Observation:
Onion plants grow with the help of onion bulbs through the method of vegetative propagation.

Aim: To observe vegetative reproduction in potato.
Procedure: Take a small part of the potato with an eye. Place in a pot containing soil and cover it entirely with soil. Keep the pot in a shady place and water it every day for few days. After some days, you will observe that new leaves are growing.
Observation: The eye or the tubers of the potato grow into a new plant through vegetative propagation.

Detailed Notes On Reproduction In Plants KSEEB Class 8

Reproduction by Roots

The roots of plants normally do not bear buds. There are, however, some plants which have modified, thickened roots which bear buds. For example, sweet potato plant has modified roots thickened with stored food which are called root tubers. The root tubers of sweet potato have buds (eyes) Root form new plant on them in sweet potato which can grow to produce new sweet potato plants. Thus, sweet potato plants are reproduced by the method of vegetative propagation through their root tubers. reproductioninplantsRootformnewplantontheminsweetpotatoAnother plant called Dahlia also has root tubers. The root tubers of Dahlia have buds in them which can grow to produce new Dahlia plants. Thus, Dahlia plants are reproduced by the method of vegetative propagation through their root tubers. From the above discussion we conclude that the roots of some plants like sweet potato and dahlia can be used to produce new plants.

Reproduction by Leaves

Some plants reproduce themselves from leaves. The leaves of some plants develop buds on them. Such leaves having buds can be used as structures of vegetative reproduction in plants. One example of a plant which can reproduce from its leaves is Bryophyllum {Bryophyllum is also called sprout leaf plant). The leaves of Bryophyllum plant develop some buds in its margins (or edges). Wien a . . c e Adventitious Buds mature leaf ot the Bryophyllum plant falls on the ground, then each bud can grow into a new plant. reproductioninplantsLeafofBryophyllum

Sometimes, even before a leaf drops off from „ Leaf of Bryophyllum a Bryophyllum plant, we can see new plantlets already growing on it. Thus, the leaves of Bryophyllum plant can produce new plants. Another plant called begonia also reproduces by vegetative propagation through its leaves. The begonia plant has buds on its leaves which can grow into new plants when the leaves fall on the ground. From this discussion we conclude that the two plants, Bryophyllum and begonia, can be reproduced from their leaves.

Aim: To grow Bryophyllum by vegetative reproduction.
Procedure: Take a full grown leaf of Bryophyllum having buds growing out from its margin. Cut the leaf in such a way so that each contains a adventitious bud. Put these pieces in a flower pot so as bud projects out from surface of soil and water it. Observe for 10-12 days.
Observation: The adventitious buds of Bryophyllum grow into a new plant when conditions suitable for growth are provided.

KSEEB SSLC Class 8 Biology Chapter 2 Summary

Artificial Vegetative Propagation

Several artificial methods have been developed to promote vegetative propagation by horticulturists. These methods are also called vegetative propagation and it includes cutting, layering, grafting and tissue culture. Let us discuss each of them in detail.
Cutting: The method of cutting the stem into small pieces and planting the cut end in soil is known as cutting. The piece of Cutting method for stem eventually rose P|ant bears roots and new leaves and grows into an adult plant. Examples of plants where the artificial vegetative propagation is carried out by means of cutting are money plant, rose and China rose. Grafting: This method is used to obtain a plant by combining two different plants. Thus, it produces a variety with the features of two different plants.

In this method, a stem cutting called scion (without roots) from one plant is attached and tied to the other stem cutting part called stock (with roots). This process is similar to cutting except the cut part is attached to the stem instead of planting in the soil. When a portion of a cut stem is grafted onto another stem, the cut stem is fixed properly and covered with tape, so that it becomes part of the host plant and continues to grow. The grafted stem is usually added for more flowers and fruits as good qualities of both the plant are combined in die host plant. Grafting is most commonly seen in rose plant where higher yield of rose flowers is achieved.

reproductioninplantsCuttingmethodforrosePlant

Layering: In this method, a portion of the aerial stem is made to grow roots while it is still attached to the parent plant and later is detached from it, so that it grows into an independent plant. InreproductioninplantsGraftingmethodusedtogrowplants

reproductioninplantsLayeringofplant

this method, a part of the lower branch of the plant is bent down, so that it touches the soil and a layer of bark is removed from the place where it touches the soil. The part of the lower branch Lhal is touching the soil, is then covered with soil and a small object such as a small piece of wood is placed over it lightly so that the branch remains in the soil. After a few days, roots begin to grow from this branch and then, the branch is cut off from the parent plant. It slowly grows to become an independent plant.

The advantage of this method is that the branch continues to receive nutrition from the parent plant till the time it is able to sustain itself independently. Layering is carried out in plants such as climbing rose, mint and raspberries.

Tissue Culture

Tissue culture involves the production or growth of plants in synthetic medium under artificial conditions in laboratory. Here, a kind of plant of an existing plant in a test tube. The medium used to grow plants in a test tube is rich in nutrients and suitable for the growth of the specific plant. An unorganized mass of cell known as callus develops from it.

The callus is put in a hormone containing medium which induce cell differentiation and formation of plantlets. The plantlets develop into an independent plant when transferred to the soil. Some examples of plants that arc cultivated using tissue culture technique are orchids, asparagus, chrysanthemum, etc.

Advantages of Vegetative Propagation

  • It is a faster method to produce a new plant.
  •  The offspring will be exactly the same as the plant.
  •  The plants produced by vegetative propagation bear flowers and fruits earlier than the new plants produced by seeds.
  •  It is a very useful method for production of seedless plants such as grapes and banana.

Disadvantages Of Vegetative Propagation

  •  As the plants developed through vegetative propagation are identical, there is a chance that in case if there is a disease in a farm, then it will affect all plants simultaneously.
  •  It can result in the destruction of entire crop. As there is no dispersal of plants, there are chances of overcrowding.

Sexual Reproduction In Plants

The plants that have flowers are called flowering plants. Most of the flowering plants reproduce by sexual reproduction method. In this method, there is an involvement of male and female organs or gametes. Let us understand the structure and various parts of a flower.

Flower (the reproductive part)

Flowers contain the sexual reproductive organs of a plant. In most of the plants, the same flower contains the male organ as well as the female organ. The function of a flower is to make male and female gametes, and to ensure that fertilisation will take place to make seeds for growing new plants. In other words, flowers perform the function of reproduction in plants by producing seeds of the plant. Thus, flowers are for sexual reproduction in plants.

Free KSEEB Notes On Class 8 Reproduction In Plants

Floral Parts of a Flower

A typical flower has four major parts arranged in rings or whorls—calyx, corolla, androecium and gynoecium. The whorls are arranged on a fleshy base called receptacle.

reproductionnplantsPartsofaflowerEach of these parts has a specific role to play. Some flowers may or may not contain one or more of the parts, however the same function may be done by some other part of the plant.

Calyx

The green, leaf-like parts in the outermost circle of a flower are called sepals. All the sepals taken together are called ‘calyx*. In some flowers, the sepals may be differently coloured. The sepals cover and protect the inner parts of the flower in the bud stage.

Corolla

This is the second whorl of the flower and is made of brightly coloured petals. The petals lie inside the sepals. Ail the petals taken together are called ‘corolla’. The petals are usually scented. The function of petals is to attract insects (for pollination) and to protect the reproductive organs which are at the centre of the flower.

Androecium

This is the male reproductive part of the flower and is made up of stamens. A stamen is made up of a long slender filament and a broad anther at the lip. This anther contains several pollen grains that are in a form of a yellowish powdery substance. Pollen grains contain the male gametes (nucleus).

Gynoecium

This is the female reproductive part of the flower and is the innermost whorl. It consists of pistils or carpels. Each pistil is made up of an enlarged ovary at the base, a long slender style and a broad stigma at the tip. Stigma, style and ovary are collectively termed as carpel. The stigma is sticky in nature which is basically to attach the pollens dispersed in air.

The style is a tube that leads from the stigma to the ovary and helps in passage of the pollen to the ovary. The ovules contain the female gametes that develop into seeds after fertilization. Ovary is the swollen part of the style. The ovary consists of ovules, which are the female gametes.

Pollination

For the male gamete to be able to combine with the female gamete, it is necessary that first the pollen grains from the anther of stamen of a flower should be carried to the stigma of pistil The transfer of pollen grains from the anther of a stamen to the stigma of a pistil is called pollination. Pollination can occur in two ways:  self-pollination and cross- pollination.

Self-pollination

‘The transfer of the pollen grains from the stamens produced in one flower to the stigma of the same flower or the stigma of another flower blooming on the same plant is known as self-pollination.

Cross-pollination

When the pollen grains from the anther of a flower on one plant are transferred to the stigma of a flower on another similar plant, it is called cross- pollination. There are several agents of pollination such as insects, wind and water.

reproductioninplantsSelfandcrosspollination

Pollination by Insects

When an insect sits on the flower of a plant for sucking nectar, then the pollen grains from the anther of this flower stick to its body. And when this insect now sits on another flower to suck nectar, then the pollen grains sticking to its body are transferred to the stigma of this second flower. In this way, the insects transfer pollen grains from flower to flower and curry out pollination. Insects, such as, beetles and butterflies visit flowers for nectar and in the process helps in the pollination. Characteristics of insect pollinated flowers:

  •  The insect pollinated flowers have large, bright coloured, petals.
  •  These flowers are scented so as to attract insects for pollination.
  •  These flowers possess nectar, which is used as a food by insects.
  •  Also these flowers produce sticky pollens which get stuck on the body of insects and are carried by them to other flowers.

reproductioninplantsPollinationbyinsects

Pollination by Wind

The blowing wind carries pollen grains from one flower to other flowers and helps in pollination. Wind pollinated flowers do not have large, brightly coloured and scented petals or nectar because they do not have to attract insects. The wind pollinated flowers have anthers that

reproduction inplantsPollinationbywind

hang outside the flowers to catch the wind. They produce large amount of light, small pollen grains which can blow in the wind. The wind-pollinated flowers also have spreading and feathery stigmas to catch the airborne pollen grains. Some of the wind-pollinated flowers are in plants such as grass, maize, rice, sugar cane, bamboo and palms. Characteristics of wind pollinated flowers:

  •  They have long anthers protruding outside the flower so that pollens move to stigma of other plants easily with moving air.
  •  Pollens produced by wind pollinated plants are lighter so that they can be carried away easily.
  •  These plants produce large quantities of pollens so as to increase the probability of fertilisation.

Explanation Of Reproduction In Plants KSEEB Class 8

Pollination by Water

Plants that are pollinated by water are usually aquatic. However, all aquatic plants arc not necessarily pollinated by water. Some plants such as lotus have flowers that bloom outside water and these are then pollinated by insects. Water pollinated plants include vallisneria and pond weeds. The pollens float in water and when they come in contact with the stigma of the female flower, they get attached and undergo fertilisation.

reproductioninplantsPollinationbywater

Characteristics of water pollinated flowers:

  • In water pollinated plants, male and female flowers are borne on separate plants.
  •  Pollen grains arc produced by these plants in large quantities.
  • Flowers in these plants are lighter and smaller so that they can float on the surface of water.

Artificial Pollination

Artificial pollination is usually carried out to improve the variety of a particular plant. In this method, crops of desired characteristics, called parent crops, are selected. During this process, the gynoecium of the flower is kept covered with paper or polybag, so that pollination does not take place naturally. Once the stigma of the flower of one crop plant matures, carefully selected pollens from flowers of other crop plant are placed on these stigmas.

The seeds produced in this manner possess good characteristics of both plants and this new variety is known as hybrid. Several varieties of plants of fruits such as mango, and grains such as rice, maize and wheat are produced in this manner. The hybrid plant produced is of superior quality.

Fertilisation

After pollen reaches the stigma of another flower of the same species, it starts to grow by forming a pollen tube. This pollen lube has two male nuclei. It travels down the style and enters the ovules in ovary. In the ovary, pollen tube releases male cells which fuse with female cells to produce zygote. The process in which the male gamete present in pollen grain fuses (joins) with the female gamete present in ovule to form a new cell called zygote is called fertilisation.

reproductioninplantsFertilisationinplants

The ovule that contains the fertilised egg eventually develops into a seed. The ovary enlarges and converts into the fruit that bears the seeds. The covering of the ovule alters and changes into the seed coat.

Keywords

  • Whorl: A circular arrangement of petals and sepals around a point or axis in a flower Reproduction: The process of living beings producing young ones of their own kind
  • Asexual reproduction: The formation of new plants from cells of an existing plant
  • Sexual reproduction: The formation of new plants due to the fusion of male and female gametes
  • Binary fission: Parent body divides into two halves to produce two daughter cells. It is a common method of reproduction in bacteria
  • Callus: An unorganised mass of cell
  • Fertilisation: The male nucleus fuses with the egg cell or female gamete present inside the ovule and zygote is formed
  • Grafting: A stem cutting called scion (without roots) plant is attached and tied to the other stem cutting part called stock (with roots)
  • Pollination: The transfer of the pollen grains of a flower to the stigma of the same flower is known as pollination

Summary

  •  Living beings need to reproduce, so that their species survives.
  •  Plants reproduce by means of asexual or sexual reproduction.
  •  Asexual reproduction does not involve fusion of male and female sex cells. In sexual reproduction, fusion of male and female cells takes place and both the parents are involved.
  •  There are various ways of vegetative propagation in plants. The lower plants follow the method of fission, budding, fragmentation and spore formation. The higher plants reproduce or multiply by using the parts such as roots, stems or leaves.
  •  Several artificial methods have been developed to promote vegetative propagation by horticulturists and these include cutting, layering, grafting and tissue culture.
  •  A typical flower consists of the stalk, calyx, corolla, androecium and gynoecium. Each of these parts has a specific role to play.
  •  Androecium is the male part of the flower. It consists of many threads-like structures called stamens which have a filament that bears an anther at the top.
  •  Gynoecium is the female part of flower. The main parts of gynoecium are stigma, style, ovule and ovary.
  •  Pollination is usually of two kinds—self-pollination and cross-pollination.
  •  There are several agents of pollination such as insects, wind and water.
  •  The male nucleus fuses with the egg cell or female gamete present inside the ovule and zygote is formed. This process of fusion is called fertilizaton.

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Chapter 7 A Visit to Cambridge

KSEEB Solutions for Class 8 English Chapter 7 A Visit to Cambridge Summary In English

‘A Visit to Cambridge’ is an autobiographical account of the writer, Firdaus Kanga. In the story, Firdaus Kanga recalls his thirty-minute meeting with Stephen Hawking. Both Firdaus Kanga and Stephen Hawking are persons with disability who have achieved a lot in their lives. Stephen Hawking is a world-famous astrophysicist whereas Kanga is a writer and journalist from Mumbai, India.

Kanga narrates how on a walking tour near Cambridge he was informed that Stephen Hawking lived nearby. He immediately rang Hawking at his house. Soon, he fixed a meeting with Hawking for thirty minutes. Kanga was extremely excited to meet Hawking but at the same time, he was afraid to say something foolish and waste the time allotted to him for the meeting.

Firdaus Kanga said that for him Stephen Hawking is an inspiration. He wanted to share his own struggle and experience as a ‘differently abled person with Stephen Hawking. He wanted to know how Stephen Hawking had overcome his limitations. When he met Hawking, he was surprised to hear Hawking telling him that he was not that brave but he had no other choice but to struggle and overcome his disability with intelligence.

Stephen’s every effort of tapping the switch in his hand to converse with Firdaus Kanga moved him greatly. Stephen Hawking and Firdaus Kanga went on to talk about various issues that affected their lives. They talked about the concept of happiness and how it affects a person with a disability. Stephen agreed with him on one thing he learned from his disability is how much kindness there is in the world.

During that small meeting, Kanga was able to recognise the beautiful man trapped inside a disintegrated body. Stephen added that a person with disability must concentrate fully on doing the things he/she is good at. Only then one could overcome physical limitations and give meaning to life. At the end of a longer-than-expected meeting, Firdaus Kanga felt truly connected with Stephen Hawking. He understood that he was not alone during years of his solitary struggle.

Thus, Firdaus Kanga was able to connect with Stephen Hawking at a new, hopeful level, and his Cambridge journey ended on a more positive note.

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Chapter 7 A Visit to Cambridge

A Visit to Cambridge Summary In Hindi

‘कैंब्रिज भ्रमण लेखक फिरदौस कांगा का एक आत्मकथात्मक लेखा-जोखा है। इस लेख में फिरदौस कांगा ने स्टीफन हॉकिंग से अपने आधे घंटे की मुलाकात का वर्णन किया है। फिरदौस कांगा और स्टीफन हॉकिंग दोनों शारीरिक अपंगता के शिकार थे और इसके बावजूद उन्होंने अपने जीवन में ढेरों उपलब्धियाँ हासिल कीं। स्टीफन हॉकिंग विश्वविख्यात तारा- भैतिकीविज्ञानी हैं जबकि फिरदौस कांगा भारतीय पत्रकार और लेखक हैं जो मुंबई में रहते हैं। उन्होंने बताया है कि कैसे जब वे कैंब्रिज के पास टहल रहे थे तब उन्हें पता चला कि स्टीफन हॉकिंग पास ही रहते हैं।

वे तुरंत ही हॉकिंग के घर की ओर मुड़ गए। जल्दी ही उन्हें हॉकिंग से आधे घंटे की मुलाकात का समय मिल गया। कांगा इस मुलाकात को लेकर काफी उत्साहित थे और साथ ही इस बात को लेकर आशंकित भी कि कहीं उनके मुँह से कुछ मूर्खतापूर्ण बात न निकल जाए और मुश्किल से मिला मुलाकात का कीमती समय बरबाद हो जाए। फिरदौस का कहना है कि स्टीफन हॉकिंग उनके प्रेरणास्रोत रहे हैं। वे स्टीफन हॉकिंग से ‘अन्य रूप से सक्षम व्यक्ति के रूप में अपने संघर्ष और अनुभवों को बाँटना चाहते थे। वे यह जानना चाहते थे कि कैसे स्टीफन हॉकिंन ने अपनी सीमाओं और बाध्यताओं पर विजय प्राप्त की। हॉकिंग से मिलने के बाद तो उन्हें उस समय बड़ा आश्चर्य हुआ जब हॉकिंग ने कहा कि वे बहादुर नहीं थे किंतु उनके पास इसके अलावा कोई चारा भी नहीं था कि वे संघर्ष करें और प्रतिभा के बल पर अपनी शारीरिक अक्षमताओं पर विजय प्राप्त करें।

बातचीत के दौरान स्टीफन ने प्रत्येक टेपिंग स्विच का संचालन बड़ी कुशलता से किया, जो कि लेखक के लिए एक शानदार अनुभव था। फिरदौस कांगा और स्टीफन हॉकिंग ने उनके खुद के जीवन को प्रभावित करनेवाले विभिन्न पहलुओं पर विचार विमर्श किया। उन्होंने जीवन में खुशी की अवधारणा पर विचार किया, साथ ही इस पर भी कि यह कैसे शारीरिक रूप से अक्षम व्यक्तियों को प्रभावित कर सकती है। स्टीफन ने अपने इस तथ्य को स्वीकार किया कि उन्होंने अपनी अशक्तता से एक बात जानी है कि संसार में कितनी दया-भावना है।

इस छोटी सी मुलाकात में कांगा यह जान गए कि स्टीफन एक अशक्त शरीर में एक सुंदर इनसान हैं। स्टीफन ने आगे बताया कि एक शारीरिक रूप से अशक्त व्यक्ति को हमेशा पूरी शक्ति लगाकर वही काम करना चाहिए जिसे करने में वह पूरी तरह सक्षम हो। तभी वह अपनी शारीरिक अक्षमताओं पर विजय प्राप्त कर अपना जीवन सार्थक ढंग से जी सकता है। अपेक्षा से ज्यादा लंबी चली इस मुलाकात के अंत में फिरदौस ने स्वयं का स्टीफन हॉकिंग से एक सच्चा आत्मिक जुड़ाव पाया। उनकी समझ में यह बात आ गई कि इस संघर्षपूर्ण संसार में वे अकेले आदमी नहीं हैं।

Class 8 English KSEEB Chapter 7 A Visit to Cambridge Summary 

A Visit to Cambridge Hindi Translations Of The Lesson (With Word Meanings)

This is the story of a meeting between two extraordinary people, both of them ‘disabled, or ‘differently abled’ as we now say. Stephen Hawking is one of the greatest scientists of our time. He suffers from a form of paralysis that confines him to a wheelchair and allows him to ‘speak’ only by punching buttons on a computer, which speaks for him in a machine-like voice. Firdaus Kanga is a writer and a journalist who lives and works in Mumbai. Kanga was born with ‘brittle bones’ that tended to break easily when he was a child. Like Hawking, Kanga moves around in a wheelchair. The two great men exchange thoughts on what it means to live life in a wheelchair, and on how the so-called ‘normal’ people react to the disabled.

यह दो असाधारण व्यक्तियों के मिलन की कहानी है, दोनों ही विकलांग अथवा विभिन्न योग्यताओं वाले स्टीफन हाकिंग वर्तमान युग महानतम् वैज्ञानिकों में से एक हैं। वह लकवे (पक्षाघात) के शिकार हैं, जिस कारण वह व्हीलचेअर तक सीमित रह गये हैं और वह कम्प्यूटर के बटन दबा कर ही बात करते हैं जो उनके लिए मशीन जैसी आवाज़ में बात करता हैं। फिरदौस कांगा एक लेखक एवं लेखक एवं पत्रकार हैं जिनका निवास और कार्यक्षेत्र मुम्बई है। बचपन से ही कांगा की हड्डियाँ कमजोर थीं जो आसानी से टूट सकती थीं। हाकिंग के समान ही कांगा भी व्हीलचेअर पर ही घूमते फिरते हैं। दोनो महान् व्यक्ति, कुर्सी पर जीवन व्यतीत करने और सामान्य व्यक्तियों की विकलांगों के प्रति प्रतिक्रिया करने के विषय पर विचारों का आदान-प्रदान करते हैं।

Word Meanings

  • paralysis – a medical condition in which a person experiences inability to move, लकवा
  • extraordinarily remarkable, असाधारण

1. Cambridge was my metaphor for England, and it was strange that when I left it had become altogether something else because I had met Stephen Hawking there. It was on a walking tour through Cambridge that the guide mentioned Stephen Hawking, ‘poor man, who is quite disabled now, though he is a worthy successor to Issac Newton, whose Chair he has at the university.’ And I started, because I had quite forgotten that this most brilliant and completely paralyzed astrophysicist, the author of A Brief History of Time, one of the biggest best-sellers ever, lived here.

मेरे लिए कैम्ब्रिज ही इंग्लैंड था और विचित्र बात यह है कि जब मैंने वहां से प्रस्थान किया तो यह मेरे लिए पूरी तरह बदल गया था, क्योंकि वहां मेरी भेंट स्टीफ़न हाकिंग से हो गई थी। कैम्ब्रिज की पद यात्रा के दौरान मार्ग दर्शक ने स्टीफन हाकिंग के बारे में बताया कि वह बेचारा अब अपाहिज है। यद्यपि वह आइसक न्यूटन का योग्य उत्तराधि कारी है और विश्वविद्यालय में उसी की कुर्सी पर आसीन है और मैं सोच में पड़ गया क्योंकि मैं यह बिल्कुल भूल गया था कि यह सबसे अधिक प्रतिभावान और पूर्ण रूप से अपंग (पक्षघात का शिकार) खगोल भौतिकी का वैज्ञानिक जो सर्वाधिक बिकने वाली पुस्तकों ‘समय का संक्षिप्त इतिहास’ का लेखक है, वहाँ रहता है।

Word Meanings

  • brilliant -bright, दैदीप्यमान
  • astrophysicist – a scholar of astrophysics, a branch of physics dealing with the stars. etc, सितारों के ज्ञाता
  • metaphor – a figure of speech that identifies something as being the same as some unrelated thing, रूपक
  • successor – one who succeeds another, उत्तराधिकारी

2. When the walking tour was done, I rushed to a phone booth and, almost tearing the cord so it could reach me outside, phoned Stephen Hawking’s house. There was his assistant on the line and I told him I had come in a wheelchair from India (perhaps he thought I had propelled myself all the way) to write about my travels in Britain. I had to see Professor Hawking even ten minutes would do. “Half an hour,” he said. “From three-thirty to four.”

यात्रा खत्म होने पर मैं तेजी से एक फोन बूथ पर गया, तार को झपट कर खींचा ताकि वह मुझ तक बाहर पहुँच जाए और स्टीफन हॉकिंग के घर पर फोन किया। फोन उनके सहायक ने उठाया और मैंने उसे बताया कि मैं भारत से पहियों वाली कुर्सी (व्हॉल चेअर) पर आया हूं (शायद उसने सोचा कि मैं सारा रास्ता व्हौल चेअर पर बैठ कर उसे हाथों से चला कर आया हूँ) और अपनी ब्रिटेन यात्रा का विवरण लिखना चाहता हूं। मैं प्रोफैसर हाकिंग से मिलना चाहता हूं दस मिनट ही काफी हैं। “आधा घण्टा, ” उसने कहा, “साढ़े तीन से चार बजे तक। “

Word Meanings

  • rushed -done too hurriedly, तेजी से जाना
  • propelled- push or drive forward, घसीटना, चलाना

3. And suddenly I felt weak all over. Growing up disabled, you get fed up with people asking you to be brave as if you have a courage account on which you are too lazy to draw a cheque. The only thing that makes you stronger is seeing somebody like you, achieving something huge. Then you know how much is possible and you reach out further than you ever thought you could. “I haven’t been brave,” said his disembodied computer-voice, the next afternoon. “I’ve had no choice.”

और अचानक मुझे सारे शरीर में कमजोरी महसूस होने लगी। अपंगता में बड़े होकर आप उन लोगों से तंग आ जाते हैं जो आप को बहादुर बनने के लिए कहते हैं मानों आपका साहस का खाता है और आप चैक द्वारा निकालने में सुस्ती दिखा रहे हैं। अपने जैसे किसी अन्य अपंग को देखना जिसने जीवन में कोई महान् उपलब्धि प्राप्त की है, मात्र ऐसी बात है जो आप को मजबूती देती है। तब आपको पता चलता है कि आपके लिए कितना कुछ कर पाना सम्भव है और जितना आप सोचते हैं आप उससे कहीं अधिक पा सकते हैं। अगली दोपहर बाद उसके शरीर रहित कम्प्यूटर की आवाज ने कहा, “मुझ में साहस की कमी रही है। मेरे पास इसका कोई विकल्प नहीं था “

Word Meanings

  • disembodied – existing without the body. खंडित

4. Surely, I wanted to say, living creatively with the reality of his disintegrating body was a choice? But I kept quiet because I felt guilty every time I spoke to him, forcing him to respond. There he was. tapping at the little switch in his hand, trying to find the words on his computer with the only bit of movement left to him, his long, pale fingers. Every so often, his eyes would shut in frustrated exhaustion. And sitting opposite him I could feel his anguish, the mind buoyant with thoughts that came out in frozen phrases and sentences stiff as corpses.
“A lot of people seem to think that disabled people are chronically unhappy,” | said. “| know that’s not true myself. Are you often laughing inside?”
About three minutes later, he responded, “I find it amusing when people patronise me.” “And do you find it annoying when someone like me comes and disturbs you in your work?”

निश्चित रूप से मैं यह कहना चाहता था कि क्या विघटित हो रहे शरीर की वास्तविकता के साथ रचनात्मक ढंग से जीना एक विकल्प नहीं था? परन्तु मैं चुप रहा, क्योंकि हर बार जब मैं उनसे बात करता, उन्हें उत्तर देने के लिए विवश करता जिसके कारण मुझ में अपराध भावना बनी रहती थी। अपने हाथ में एक छोटा सा स्विच लिए वहां बैठे अपने कम्प्यूटर पर शब्दों को तलाश करना ही उनकी लम्बी, पीली उंगलियों की थोड़ी बहुत क्रिया थी। जब-तब उनकी आंखे निराशा थकान के कारण बन्द हो जाती थीं। उनके सामने बैठे हुए मैं उनकी वेदना महसूस कर सकता था, उनके दिमाग में विचारों का एक समुद्र ठाठें मार रहा था, जो जमे हुए शब्दों तथा शव के समान कठोर वाक्यों के रूप में बाहर निकल रहे थे।
मैनें कहा, “ऐसा लगता है कि बहुत से लोग यह सोचते हैं कि विकलांग हमेशा दुखी रहते हैं। मैं जानता हूं कि यह बात मेरे बारे में तो सत्य नहीं है। क्या आप कभी मन ही मन हंसते हैं?” लगभग तीन मिनट बाद उन्होंने उत्तर दिया, “जब लोग मुझ पर कृपा दृष्टि करते हैं तो मुझे हास्यकर लगता है। ” और क्या उस समय आपको बुरा नहीं लगता जब मुझ जैसा कोई व्यक्ति आप के पास आता है और आपके कार्य में बाधा डालता है?”

Word Meanings

  • creatively- having power of creation, रचनात्मक
  • buoyant- (here) full of life, जानदार
  • chronically- continuing a long time, दीर्घस्थायी
  • anguish -pain, पीड़ा, तकलीफ

KSEEB Class 8 English Reader Solutions For A Visit To Cambridge 

5. The answer flashed. “Yes.” Then he smiled his oneway smile and I knew, without being sentimental or silly, that I was looking at one of the most beautiful men in the world.
A first glimpse of him is shocking because he is like a still photograph-as if all those pictures of him in magazines and newspapers have turned three-dimensional.
Then you see the head twisted sideways into a slump, the torso shrunk inside the pale blue shirt, the wasted legs; you look at his eyes which can speak, still, and they are saying something huge and urgent – it is hard to tell what. But you are shaken because you have seen something you never thought could be seen.

उत्तर तुरन्त मिला, “हां लगता है।” फिर वह अपने ही अन्दाज में मुस्करा दिए और मैं बिना भावुक हुए अथवा बिना कोई मूर्खता दिखाए समझ गया कि मैं संसार में सबसे सुंदर व्यक्तियों में से एक को देख रहा हूं।
उनकी पहली झलक ठेस पहुंचाती है क्योंकि वह एक निश्चल फोटो की तरह हैं मानो पत्रिकाओं और समाचार पत्रों में छपे उनके सभी चित्र त्रि-आयामी हो गए हैं।
फिर आप उनके सिर को एक ओर मुड़े लटका हुए देखते हैं, फीके नीले रंग की कमीज़ के अन्दर धंसा हुआ उनका धड़ बेजान टांगे; आप उनकी आंखों पर दृष्टि डालें जो बोल सकती हैं, शान्त स्वर में कोई ऊंची तथा महत्तवपूर्ण बात कह रही हैं यह बताना कठिन है कि वे क्या कह रही हैं। परन्तु आप विचलित हो उठते हैं क्योंकि आपने ऐसी चीज़ देख ली है जिसे देखने की आप कल्पना भी नहीं कर सकते।

Word Meanings

  • dimensional – measurement in length, width, and thickness, आयामी
  • slump – drooping to sides, लटकना, झुकना

6. Before you, like a lantern whose walls are worn so thin you glimpse only the light inside, is the incandescence of a man. The body, almost irrelevant, exists only like a case made of shadows. So that I, no believer in eternal souls, know that this is what each of us is; everything else an accessory. “What do you think is the best thing about being disabled?” I had asked him earlier, “I don’t think there is anything good about being disabled.”
“l think;” I said, “you do discover how much kindness there is in the world.”
“Yes,” he said; it was a disadvantage of his voice synthesizer that it could convey no inflection, no shades or tone. And I could not tell how enthusiastically he agreed with me.

आपके सामने एक ऐसे व्यक्ति की आन्तरिक आभा है जो ऐसी लालटेन के समान है जिसकी दीवारें इतनी पतली हो चुकी हैं कि अन्दर केवल प्रकाश की लौ ही दिखाई देती है।शरीर लगभग बेकार हो चुका है जो परछाइयों की बनी पेटी के समान है। भले ही मैं अजर अमर आत्मा में विश्वास नहीं रखता, यह जानता हूं कि हम सब की यही स्थिती है, अन्य सभी वस्तुएं अनावश्यक सज्जा वाली हैं।
“आपके विचार में विकलांग होने में सबसे अच्छी बात क्या है” मैने एक बार उनसे पूछा था। “मुझे नहीं लगता कि विकलांग होने में कुछ अच्छा है।”
“मेने विचार में है। आपके पता चलता है कि संसार में कितनी अधिक दयालुता है” मैंनें कहा।
“हां, उन्होंने कहा, “यह उनके ध्वनि यन्त्र की त्रुटि थी कि वह उनकी ध्वनि के उतार-चढ़ाव एवं स्वर के बदलाव को प्रेषित नहीं कर पाता था और मैं कह नहीं सकता कि वह कितने उत्साह से मेरे साथ सहमत थे।

Word Meanings

  • irrelevant- not to the point, असम्बद्ध
  • exist- to live, जीवित रहना, अस्तित्व
  • eternal – which always exists, अनन्त
  • enthusiastically -with enthusiasm, उत्साह से incandescence inner glow, अन्दरूनी रोशनी
  • accessory -essential decorative item, जरूरी चीज़ सुन्दरता बढ़ाने के लिए
  • inflection – rise and fall of the voice in speaking, बोलने में आवाज के उतार-चढ़ाव

7. Every time I shifted in my chair or turned my wrist to watch the time I wanted to make every one of our thirty minutes count-I felt a huge relief and exhilaration in the possibilities of my body. How little it mattered then that I would never walk, or even stand. I told him how he had been an inspiration beyond cliche’ for me, and, surely, for others – did that Does thought help him?
“No,” he said; and I thought how foolish I was to ask, When your body is a claustrophobic room and the walls are growing narrower day by day, it doesn’t do much good to know that there are people outside smiling with admiration to see you breathing still. “Is there any advice you can give disabled people, something that might help make life better?”
“They should concentrate on what they are good at; I think things like the disabled Olympics are a waste of time.”
“I know what you mean,” I remembered the years I’d spent trying to play a Spanish guitar considerably larger than I was; and how gleefully I had unstrung it one night. The half-hour was up. “I think I’ve annoyed you enough,” I said, grinning. “Thank you for…”

हर बार जब मैं कुर्सी में अपनी स्थिति बदलता अथवा समय देखने के लिए कलाई घुमाता-मैं उन तीस मिनटों के एक-एक मिनट को महत्त्वपूर्ण ( उपयोगी) बनाना चाहता था- मुझे अपने शरीर की क्षमताओं को देख कर बड़ी राहत और प्रसन्नता प्राप्त हुई। तब मेरे लिए इस बात का कोई महत्व नहीं रहा कि मैं कभी भी चल न संकूगा अथवा खड़ा भी नहीं हो पाऊगां।
मैंने उन्हें बताया कि वह मेरे लिए और निश्चित रूप से दूसरों के लिए किस प्रकार प्रेरणा का स्त्रोत रहे हैं। क्या यह विचार उनके लिए सहायक सिद्ध हुआ? “नहीं”, उन्होंने कहा; और मैंने सोचा कि मेरे लिए यह पूछना कितना मूर्खतापूर्ण था। जब आपका शरीर एक घुटन भरे बहुत छोटे से कमरे के समान हो गया हो जिसकी दीवारें दिन-प्रतिदिन तंग होती जा रही हों, तो यह जानकर कोई लाभ नहीं होता कि बाहर ऐसे लोग भी हैं जो आप को इस अवस्था में जीवित देखकर भी प्रंशसा से मुस्कराते हैं। “क्या आप विकलांगों को कोई परामर्श देना चाहेंगे जो जीवन को बेहतर बनाने में सहायक हो?” ‘‘उन्हें उन चीजों पर ध्यान देना चाहिए जिन पर उनकी पकड़ मज़बूत हैं। मेरे विचार में विकलांगों की ओलम्पिक खेलें कराने जैसे कार्य समय की बरबादी होगी ”
“मैं आप का मतलब समझता हूं। मुझे उन वर्षों की याद ताजा हो गई जब मैं अपने से बड़ी स्पेनिश सितार (गिटार) बजाने का प्रयत्न किया करता था जिसे एक रात मैंने खुशी-खुशी तोड़ डाला था। आधा घंटा बीत गया। “मैं सोचता हूं कि मैंने आपको कुछ अधिक ही परेशान किया है, “मैंने मुस्कराते हुए कहा। ………..के लिए धन्यवाद । “

Word Meanings

  • cliche’ – phrase used so often that it loses its meaning, घिसी-पिटी उक्ति
  • gleefully- happily, बहुत खुशी से
  • exhilaration- to cheer up, प्रफुल्लित होना
  • relief – a feeling of relaxation from pain, दुःख से मुक्ति
  • inspiration – a feeling that motivates to do something, ईश्वरीय प्ररेणा

8. “Stay.” I waited. “Have some tea. I can show you the garden” The garden was as big as a park, but Stephen Hawking covered every inch, rumbling along in his motorised wheelchair while I dodged to keep out of the way. We couldn’t talk very much; the sun made him silent, the letters on his screen disappearing in the glare.
An hour later, we were ready to leave. I didn’t know what to do. I could not kiss him or cry. I touched his shoulder and wheeled out into the summer evening. I looked back; and I knew he was waving, though he wasn’t Watching him, an embodiment of my bravest self, the one I was moving towards, the one I had believed in for so many years, alone, I knew that my journey was over. For now.

‘रूको। “मैंने प्रतीक्षा की। “थोड़ी चाय लीजिए मैं आपको बगीचा दिखा सकता हूं।” बगीचा एक पार्क जितना बड़ा था। परन्तु स्टीफन हॉकिंग ने अपनी मोटर चालित व्हील चेअर की गड़गड़ाहट के साथ चप्पा-चप्पा तय किया जबकि मैं उस दौरान रास्ता देने के लिए पिछड़ जाता रहा। हम अधिक बातें न कर सकें। धूप ने उन्हें शान्त कर दिया। उनकी स्क्रीन के शब्द चमक के साथ लुप्त हो गए।
एक घण्टे बाद हम जाने के लिए तैयार हो गए। मैं नहीं जानता था कि क्या करूं। मैं न तो उसका चुम्बन ले सका और न ही रो सका। मैनें उनका कंधा हुआ और अपनी व्हील चेअर पर गर्मियों की शाम में बाहर निकल आया। मैने मुडकर पीछे देखा तो मुझे लगा कि वह हाथ हिलाकर अलविदा कह रहे हैं यद्यपि ऐसा नहीं था। उन्हें देखकर मुझे ऐसा लगा कि वह मेरे दृढ़ साहस का साकार रूप हैं। वही मेरा लक्ष्य है जिसकी ओर मैं बढ़ रहा था और वर्षों से मेरा जो विश्वास रहा था, उसका प्रतीक है। मैं समझ गया कि मेरी यात्रा पूर्ण हो गई है। अभी तक…….

Word Meanings

  • embodiment- personification, प्रतिरूप

A Visit To Cambridge Class 8 KSEEB Questions And Answers 

A Visit to Cambridge Textbook Exercises (Solved)

Comprehension Check 

Which is the right sentence?

1. ‘Cambridge was my metaphor for England.’ To the writer,

  1. Cambridge was a reputed university in England.
  2.  England was famous for Cambridge.
  3.  Cambridge was the real England.

2. The writer phoned Stephen Hawking’s house

  1. from the nearest phone booth.
  2.  from outside a phone booth.
  3. from inside a phone booth).

3.  Every time he spoke to the scientist, the writer felt guilty because

  1. he wasn’t sure what he wanted to ask
  2. he forced the scientist to use his voice synthesizer.
  3. he was face-to-face with a legend.

4. ‘I felt a huge relief…..in the possibilities of my body.’ In the given context, the highlighted words refer to:

  1. shifting in the wheelchair, turning the wrist
  2. standing up. walking.
  3. speaking, writing

Answer.

  1. (3)
  2. (2)
  3. (2)
  4. (1)

A Visit to Cambridge Working With The Text

Answer the following questions.

Question 1.

  1.  Did the prospect of meeting Stephen Hawking make the writer nervous? If so, why?
  2. Did he at the same time feel very excited? If so, why?

Answer.

  1. Yes, the writer felt nervous about the prospect of meeting Stephen Hawking. He was nervous because he was tired of people asking him to be brave. He didn’t want Stephen to treat him like that.
  2. Yes, he felt excited at the same time because he considered Stephen Hawking his inspiration. He felt that meeting somebody of his own kind would give him strength to meet challenges of life in a better way.

Question 2. Guess the first question put to the scientist by the writer.

Answer. The writer must have asked the scientist how he had been so brave.

Question 3. Stephen Hawking said, “I’ve had no choice.” Does the writer think there was a choice? What was it?

Answer. Yes, the writer thought that there was a choice. The choice was to live creatively without caring for his disability.

Question 4.’I could feel his anguish.’What could be the anguish?

Answer. The anguish was the feeling of helplessness. Stephen’s fingers were pale and mind frustrated. He could not even speak properly.

Question 5. What endeared the scientist to the writer so that he said he was looking at one of the most beautiful men in the world?

Answer. The author was not looking at outward beauty rather he was talking about inner beauty. Stephen was a strong and brave man with a good heart

Question 6. Read aloud the description of the beautiful man. Which is the most beautiful sentence in the description?

Answer. Most beautiful line of the description is: Before you, like a lantern whose walls are worn, so thin that you glimpse only the light inside, is the incandescence of a man.

Explanation of A Visit To Cambridge KSEEB Class 8 

Question 7.

  1. If the lantern’ is the man, what would its ‘walls’ be?
  2.  What is housed within the thin walls?
  3.  What general conclusion does the writer draw from the comparison?

Answer.

  1. Here ‘walls’ refer to the body which is weak and without any strength.
  2. Within those thin walls are the thoughts and feelings of the human being and a mind which is full of emotions.
  3. The writer reels that what we think and feel is more important than whether we can walk and stand.

Question 8. What is the scientist’s message for the disabled?

Answer. Do only those things at which you are good. Do not waste time in trying to do things that are beyond your reach.

Question 9. Why does the writer refer to the guitar incident? Which idea does it support?

Answer. The writer refers to the guitar incident because he had wasted a lot of time on this exercise. It supports the idea that one should only concentrate on those things at which they are good.

Question 10. The writer expresses his great gratitude to Stephen Hawking. What is gratitude for?

Answer. The gratitude is for not treat ng his disability as a weakness. Hawking overpowers it and emerges an inspiration for other disabled people.

Question 11. Complete the following sentences taking their appropriate parts from both the boxes below.

  1. There was his assistant on the line________________.
  2.  You get fed up with people asking you to be brave,____________________
  3. There he was,_________________ .
  4.  You look at his eyes which can speak, _________________.
  5.  It doesn’t do much good to know________________.

A

  • tapping at a little switch in his hand
  •  and I told him
  • that there are people
  • as if you have a courageous account
  •  and they are saying something huge and urgent.

B

  •  trying to find the words on his computer.
  •  I had come in a wheelchair ^om India.
  •  on which you are too lazy to draw a cheque.
  •  smiling with admiration to see you breathing still.
  •  it is hard to tell what

.Answer.

  1.  and I told him I had come in w a wheelchair from India.
  2. as f you have a courage account on which you are too lazy to draw a cheque
  3. tapping at a little switch in his hand, trying to find words on his computer.
  4.  and they are saying something huge and urgent it is hard to tell what.
  5.  that there are people smiling with admiration to see you breathing still.

KSEEB notes for Class 8 English Chapter 7 

A Visit to Cambridge Working With Language

Question 1. Fill in the blanks in the sentences below using the appropriate forms of the words given in the following box:Capture-7-English.

  1.  I met a_____________ from an antique land.
  2.  I need special____________ in Mathematics. I can’t count the number of times I have failed in the subject
  3. The guide called Stephen Hawking a worthy___________ to Issac Newton.
  4.  His other problems____________ into insignificance beside this unforeseen mishap.
  5. The meeting was________________ by the youngest member of the board.
  6.  Some people say yours ’______________ when they informally refer to themselves.
  7.  I wish it had been a________ match. We would have been spared the noise of celebrations, at least

Answer.

  1.  traveler
  2.  Guidance
  3. successor
  4. paled
  5.  chaired
  6.  truly
  7.  drawn.

Question 2. Look at the following words:
walk       stick
Can you create a meaningful phrase using both of these words?
(It is simple. Add -into the verb and use it before the noun. Put an article at the beginning.) … a walking stick.
Now make six such phrases using the words given in the box.Capture-7-English.

Answer

  1.  a reading session
  2. a smiling face
  3.  a revolving chair
  4.  a walking tour
  5. a dancing doll
  6. a winning chance

Question 3. Use all or both in the blanks. Tell your partner why you chose one or the other.

  1. He has two brothers.__________ are lawyers.
  2.  More than ten persons called.______________ of them wanted to see you.
  3.  The______________ cheered the team.
  4.  ________________her parents are teachers.
  5.  How much have you got? Give me _____________of it

Answer.

  1. Both
  2. All
  3.  All
  4.  Both
  5. All

In sentences (1) and (4) both are used because they involve two persons, in sentences (2), (3), and (5), ‘all’ is used because more than two persons/things are involved.

Question 4.  Complete each sentence using the right form of the adjective given in brackets.

  1. My friend has one of the_________ cars on the road, (fast)
  2.  This is the_____________ story I have ever read, (interesting)
  3. What you are doing now is_____________ then what you d d yesterday, (easy)
  4.  Ramesh and his wife are both._______________(short)
  5. He arrived as usual. Even the chief guest came_________ than he did. (late, early)

Answer.

  1.  fastest
  2.  most interesting
  3.  easier
  4.  short
  5.  late, earlier.

KSEEB Class 8 English Chapter 7 Important Questions 

A Visit to Cambridge Speaking And Writing

Question 1. Say the following words with the correct stress. Pronounce the parts given in color loudly and clearly.Capture-7-English.
• In a word having more than one syllable, the stressed syllable is the one that is more prominent than the other syllable(s).
• A word has as many syllables as it has vowels,
man (one syllable)
manner (two syllables)
The mark (’) indicates that the first syllable in ‘manner’ is more prominent than the other.

Question 2.  Underline stressed syllables in the following words. Consult the dictionary or ask the teacher if necessary.

Answer.
Students will do it themselves.

Question 3. Writing a notice for the School Notice Board

Step I
Discuss why notices are put up on the notice board.
What kinds of ‘notices’ have you lately seen on the board?
How is a notice different from a letter or a descriptive paragraph?

Step 2
Suppose you have lost or found something on the campus. What have you lost or found? You want to write a notice about it If you have lost something, you want it restored to you in case someone has found it. If you have found something, you want to return it to its owner

Step 3
Write a few lines describing the object you have lost or found. Mention the purpose of the notice in clear terms. Also write your name, class, section, and date.

Step 4
Let one member of each group read aloud the notice to the entire class. Compare your notice with the other notices, and make changes, if necessary, with the help of the teacher.
• Imagine that you are a journalist
• You have been asked to interview the president of the village panchayat.
• Write eight to ten questions you wish to ask.
• The questions should elicit comments as well as plans regarding water and electricity-, cleanliness, and school education in the village.

Answer.

Capture-7-English.
OR
As a journalist, I would like to ask the following questions:

  1.  As president of the panchayat, what have you done to provide clean water to the villagers?
  2. How is the condition of electricity in the village?
  3. There is a middle school in the village. Have you approached the authorities to upgrade the school?
  4. Is there a public library/reading room in the village?
  5.  Have you taken steps to promote games?
  6.  The drainage system is far from satisfactory. What efforts have you made in this direction?
  7.  Have you ever told the people about the benefits of investing their money in small-saving schemes?
  8. Have you ever visited doctors to educate people about sanitation?

A Visit to Cambridge Extract-Based Questions

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow.

1.  And suddenly I ‘felt weak all over. Growing up disabled, you get fed up with people asking you to be brave as if you have a courage account on which you are too lazy to draw a cheque. The only thing that makes you stronger is seeing somebody like you, achieving something huge. Then you know how much is possible and you reach out further than you ever thought you could.

  1. Name the author of the lines.
  2. What is wrong with him?
  3. What makes him irritated?
  4.  From where does he get strength?
  5. By meeting somebody like him what feelings are evoked in him?

Answer.

  1.  Firdaus Kanga is the author of the lines.
  2.  He is disabled.
  3. When people keep asking him to be brave, he gets irritated.
  4. He gets strength when he comes across people who are disabled like him and have achieved a lot in their lives.
  5. By meeting people like him. he realises what all he can do. Those are the things which he has never thought of doing.

2. “What do you think is the best thing about being disabled?” I had asked him earlier.
“I don’t think there is anything good about being disabled.”
“I think,” I said, “You do discover how much kindness there is in the world.”
“Yes,” he said, ‘it was a disadvantage of his voice synthesizer that it could convey no inflection, no shades or tone. All I could not tell how enthusiastically he agreed with me.

  1. Who is T in the opening line?
  2. What question does he ask the addressee?
  3.  What answer does he get?
  4. What are author’s views of the voice synthesiser?
  5.  Make nouns from think, tell.

Answer.

  1. T is the author, Firdaus Kanga.
  2. He asks the addressee what the best thing about being disabled is.
  3.  He gets the answer that there is nothing good about being disabled.
  4. The author feels the voice synthesiser can only convey the words. It can’t convey the emotions and feelings behind those words.
  5. Thought and tale.

3. When your body is in a claustrophobic room and the walls are growing narrower day by day. It doesn’t do much good to know that there are people outside smiling with admiration to see you breathing still. “Is there any advice you can give disabled people, something that might help make life better?” “They should concentrate on what they are good at; I think things like the disabled Olympics are a waste of time.”

  1. Whose body is being referred to in the opening lines?
  2.  Why does people’s admiration not mean anything to him?
  3. Why does the author want him to give advice to disabled people?
  4. What is his advice?
  5. What is waste of time for him?

Answer.

  1. Stephen Hawking’s body is being referred to in the opening lines.
  2. Living himself is a constant struggle for him. When people admire him for his courage he does not find anything extraordinary in it
  3.  The author wants him to give advice to other disabled people because he considers him an embodiment of all virtues.
  4.  He advises the disabled to spend the time and energy on those activities at which they are good.
  5.  For him, things like the disabled Olympics are a waste of time.

4. An hour later, we were ready to leave. I didn’t know what to do. I could not kiss him or cry’. I touched his shoulder and wheeled out into the summer evening. I looked back; and I knew he was waving though he wasn’t Watching h m an embodiment of my bravest self, the one I was moving towards, the one I had believed in for so many years, alone. I knew that my journey was over for now.

  1. What were the author’s feelings when he had to leave?
  2. How did he bid him goodbye?
  3.  What did he feel when he looked back?
  4. Was Stephen waving him goodbye?
  5. How was the author’s journey over?

Answer.

  1.  He felt very attached to Stephen Hawking but did not know how to convey his feeling. He could not decide whether to kiss him or cry.
  2. He bade him goodbye by touching him on his shoulder.
  3. He felt that Stephen Hawking was also bidding him goodbye.
  4. No, Stephen was not waving him goodbye.
  5. The author’s journey was over because he felt contented after meeting Stephen Hawking.

Analysis of A Visit to Cambridge KSEEB English Reader 

A Visit to Cambridge Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. Who wanted to meet whom in the story ‘A Visit to Cambridge’?

Answer. The author, Firdaus Kanga wanted to meet Stephen Hawking.

Question 2.  What was similar between Firdaus Kanga and Stephen Hawking?

Answer. Both Firdaus Kanga and Stephen Hawking were differently abled.

Question 3. Where did the author meet Stephen Hawking?

Answer. The author met Stephen Hawking in Hawking’s house in Cambridge.

Question 4. “I haven’t been brave “Who said this and to whom?

Answer. Stephen Hawking said this to the author.

A Visit to Cambridge Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.  How did Stephen Hawking communicate with the author?

Answer
Stephen Hawking communicated with the author by finding words in the computer and selecting them by tapping at the little switch in his hand

Question 2. What was Stephen Hawking’s advice for a person with a disability?

Answer. According to Stephen Hawking, a person with a disability should focus on the things that he/she is good at

Question 3.  What did the author realize at the end of his meeting with Stephen Hawking?

Answer. For years, the author had believed that he was all alone struggling with his disability. On meeting Stephen Hawking he realised that he was rot alone.

Question 4.  What did the author comment about people?

Answer.
The author said that people are generally kind. Because of his disability, he has understood how much kindness there is in the world.

A Visit to Cambridge Long Answer Type Questions

‘The only thing that makes you stronger is seeing somebody like you.” What was the author referring to here?

Answer. The author, Firdaus Kanga, was a journalist and writer. He was also a man with a disability. When he said that the only thing that makes you stronger was seeing somebody like you, he was referring to his meeting with Stephen Hawking. He expected that his meeting with Stephen Hawking would help him understand how much was still possible with disability. People generally talk about courage but meeting someone who is actually struggling with the same problems that the author was facing could help him have more faith in himself.

When I set out for Lyonnesse Summary In English

The poem ‘When I Set out for Lyonnesse narrates the poet’s visit to an imaginary place, Lyonnesse. In the opening part of the poem, the poet mentions that Lyonnesse is a hundred miles away. He adds that the journey to Lyonnesse was a lonesome one. He started for Lyonnesse on a cold night. The poet informs us that it was very cold and the night sky was full of stars. He had to travel a hundred miles in such circumstances to reach Lyonnesse.

The poet did not know what happened at Lyonnesse during his stay there. He informs us that no prophet or any wise magician could guess what had happened to him in Lyonnesse. The only thing he was aware of was a strange glow in his eyes when he came back. The radiance in his eyes was rare and deep and it could not be measured. People could see it, but they could not understand its mystery. So, they remained silent.

Simplified Notes For A Visit To Cambridge KSEEB Class 8 

When I set out for Lyonnesse Summary In Hindi

यह कविता कवि के एक काल्पनिक स्थान के भ्रमण के विषय में है जिसे वह Lynnesse बताता है। यह स्थान कवि के निवास स्थान से सौ मील दूर था। कवि बिल्कुल अकेला था। जब उसने अपनी यात्रा आरम्भ की उस समय बड़ी ठंड थी और रात्रि आकाश में सितारे चमक रहे थे। उसे Lyonnesse पहुँचने के लिए ऐसी परिस्थितियों में सो मील की यात्रा करनी पड़ी। कवि नहीं जानता था कि उसे Lyonnesse आवास के दौरान क्या घटनाएं घटेंगी। वह कहता कि कोई पैगम्बर या सब से बुद्धिमान जादूगर भी इसका अनुमान नहीं लगा सकता। जब वह वापिस आया तो उसकी आँखों में एक विचित्र चमक थी जो विरली और इतनी गहरी थी कि उसे नापा नहीं जा सकता था। सभी ने इसे देखा परन्तु उस का रहस्य नहीं समझ सके और कोई टिप्पणी नहीं की।

When I set out for Lyonnesse Hindi translation Of The Lesson (With Word Meanings)

(1) When I set out for Lyonnesse A hundred miles away, The rime was on the spray; And starlight lit my lonesomeness When I set out for Lyonnesse A hundred miles away.

जब मैं Lyonnesse के लिए रवाना हुआ जो सौ मील दूर था। वृक्षों की पत्तियों तथा शाखाओं पर पाला जमा हुआ था और मेरे अकेलेपन (वीरान रास्ते) को तारों का प्रकाश रोशन कर रहा था। यह दृश्य उस समय का है जब मैं Lyonnesse के लिए रवाना हुआ

Word Meanings

  • set out – started, all
  • lonesomeness – loneliness,
  • rime – frost, ell
  • spray leaves and branches of trees, और शाखाएं

(2) What would bechance at Lyonnesse While I should sojourn there, No prophet durst declare; Nor did the wisest wizard guess What would bechance at Lyonnesse While I should sojourn there.

कोई भी मसीहा या जादूगर नहीं बता पाया कि मेरे Lyonnesse निवास के दौरान क्या होगा। किसी की भी हिम्मत यह बताने की नहीं है

Word Meanings

  • bechance – happen,
  • durst- dared, साहस दिखाया
  • wizard – magician, at
  • sojourn – stay,
  • prophet-a (holy) messenger of God,

(3) When I returned from Lyonnesse With magic in my eyes. All marked with mute surmise My radiance rare and fathomless, When I returned from Lyonnesse With magic in my eyes.

जब मैं Lyonnesse से वापिस आया मेरी आंखों में एक विशेष प्रकार का आकर्षण था। यह चमक इतनी दुर्लभ और गहरी थी कि सभी उसके बारे में शांत भाव से अनुमान लगाते रहे। यह तब हुआ जब मै Lyonnesse से वापस आया।

Word Meanings

  • mute – silent,
  • radiance – glow, 445
  • rare – not easy to find, gef
  • surmise-guessed,
  • fathomless -very deep, beyond measurement, बहुत गहरा

KSEEB Class 8 English Reader solutions for A Visit to Cambridge 

When I set out for Lyonnesse Ncert Textbook Exercises (Solved)

Working With The Poem 

1.  In the first stanza, find words that show

  1. that it was very cold.
  2.  that it was late evening.
  3.  that the traveler was alone.

Answer.

  1. the rime was on the spray
  2.  starling
  3.  my lonesomeness

2.

  1. Something happened at Lyonnesse. It was
    (a) improbable.
    (b) impossible.
    (c) unforeseeable.
  2. Pick out two lines from stanza 2 to justify your answer.

Answer.

  1.  (c) unforeseeable.
  2. ‘No prophet durst declare;
    Nor did the wisest wizard guess.

3.

  1. Read the line (stanza 3) that implies the following.
    ‘Everyone noticed something, and they made guesses, but didn’t speak a word.’
  2. Now read the line that refers to what they noticed.

Answer.

  1.  All marked with mute surmise.
  2.  My radiance is rare and fathomless.

When I set out for Lyonnesse Extract-Based Questions

Read the stanzas given below and answer the questions that follow.

(1) When I set out for Lyonnesse A hundred miles away, The rime was on the spray; And starlight lit my lonesomeness When I set out for Lyonnesse A hundred miles away.

Question 1.  How far was Lyonnesse from the poet’s place?

Answer. Lyonnesse was a hundred miles away from the poet’s place.

Question 2. What kind of weather is described in the above stanza? Identify and write the line that suggests this.

Answer. It was very cold. The line The rime was on the spray’ suggests this.

Question 3.  What lit the poet’s loneliness?

Answer. The stars in the sky lit the poet’s loneliness.

Question 4.  Give the meaning of the word rime.

Answer. The word rime means snow.

Question 5. What was there on the spray?

Answer.
The snow was on the spray.

(2) What would be chance at Lyonnesse While I should sojourn there, No prophet durst declare; Nor did the wisest wizard guess What would be chance at Lyonnesse While I should sojourn there.

Question 1. What could no prophet declare?

Answer. No prophet could declare what happens at Lyonnesse.

Question 2. Could any wizard guess what happens at Lyonnesse?

Answer. No, no wizard could guess it.

Question 3. Name the poem and the poet.

Answer. The name of the poem is ‘When I set out for Lyonnesse’ and the poet is Thomas Hardy.

Question 4. Write the rhyming words.

Answer.
There-declare and Lyonnesse-guess.

Question 5. Write the meanings of the following words:
(a) bechance         (b) sojourn

Answer.
(a) happen
(b) stay

A Visit To Cambridge Class 8 KSEEB QuestionAnd Answers 

(3) When I returned from Lyonnesse With magic in my eyes. All marked with mute surmise My radiance rare and fathomless, When I returned from Lyonnesse With magic in my eyes.

Question 1. What did the poet’s visit to Lyonnesse lend his eyes?

Answer. The poet’s visit lent his eyes a strange glow.

Question 2. How did everyone react to it?

Answer. Everyone saw the glow but remained silent

Question 3. What was special about the poet’s glow?

Answer. The poet’s glow was rare and fathomless.

Question 4. Give the meaning of the following words
(a) fathomless       (b) surmise

Answer.
(a) very deep
(b) to guess

Question 5. Write the words that rhyme together.

Answer.Eyes-surmise and Lyonnesse-fathomless.

When I set out for Lyonnesse Additional Questions

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. In which season did the poet undertake his journey to Lyonnesse?

Answer. The poet undertook his journey in winter.

Question 2. Why did the poet visit the parish which he calls Lyonnesse?

Answer.
The poet visited the parish to supervise the resto-action of a church.

When I set out for Lyonnesse Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.  What are the two things that people noticed about the poet when he returned from Lyonnesse?

Answer. The two things that people noticed are:

  1. a rare and fathomless glow n the poet’s eyes.
  2. a crumpled piece of paper Stic ring out of his coat pocket

Question 2. What happened during the poet’s stay at Lyonnesse?

Answer.
The poet experienced a deeper change in himself. It was too strange to understand or make a guess about.

When I set out for Lyonnesse Long Answer Type Questions

What is the central idea of the poem, ‘When I Set out for Lyonnesse’?

Answer. The poem ‘When I Set out for Lyonnesse’ by Thomas Hardy has a religious theme. It brings out the sentiments of the person who visits a sacred place. Lyonnesse is an imaginary place that evokes religious sentiments. A visit to such a place lends a new glow to the eyes of the visitor. People can see it but they cannot understand its mystery. So, they remain mute. Besides, something strange happens during one’s visit there. None can guess or declare what it is.

KSEEB Solutions for Class 8 English Karnataka State Syllabus

KSEEB Class 8 English Supplementary Readers contains Textbook Readers and Supplementary Readers of all chapters are part of Revision Notes for grade 8 English. Here we have given notes Class VIII.

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Reader Chapter 2 Children at Work

KSEEB Solutions for Class 8 English Reader Chapter 2 Children At Work Gita Wolf, Anushka Ravishankar, Orijit Sen

Velu was an eleven-year-old boy who had fled from his village to go to Chennai. He traveled without a ticket and was lucky enough not to be caught by the ticket collector during his journey. He had not eaten anything for two days barring some peanuts and a piece of jaggery. He felt extremely weak, hungry, and lonely as he reached his destination, Chennai. He had run away from his home because his father used to ill-treat him and his sisters by taking away all their hard-earned money and spend- ing it on drinks. Velu’s father was a drunkard who would, after drinking, beat his children black and blue every day.

So Velu decided not to be let down by this and he left his village in search of a job. When Velu reached the station, a poor rag-picker girl named Jaya identified him as a runaway from home. She understood that Velu was very hungry and offered to fetch him some food. Velu took some time to decide but then unable to bear his hunger pangs ran after her in search of food. After scurrying past the traffic on the roads, Jaya took him to the backyard of a banquet hall where there was a garbage bin laden with leftover food. Jaya picked up a squashy banana and a vada and gave it to Velu to eat. Velu refused to eat but couldn’t do so for long as he was extremely hungry.

Somehow he managed to gulp the banana and vada down his throat after which he felt much better. He then followed Jaya to her house which was in a small village with strange huts. Jaya dumped her sack and took a new one. She even handed one to Velu and told him that he had to dig through the garbage bins to find plastic, paper, and glass. Hesitant Velu thought he’d take up this job till he found a better one. At least this would fetch him some food for the time being.

\(\int \frac{1}{\sqrt{1-x^2}} d x=\sin ^{-1} x+C\)

\(\int \frac{1}{1+x^2} d x=\tan ^{-1} x+C\)
\(\int \frac{1}{|x| \sqrt{x^2-1}} d x=\sec ^{-1} x+C\)
\(\frac{d}{d x}\left(\sec ^{-1} x\right)=\frac{1}{x \sqrt{x^2-1}}\)

\(\int \frac{d x}{x \sqrt{x^2-1}}=\sec ^{-1} x+C\)

\(\frac{d}{d x}(\sin x)=\cos x \\\)
\(\frac{d}{d x}(-\cos x)=\sin x \\\)
\(\frac{d}{d x}(\tan x)=\sec ^2 x\)

\(\frac{d}{d x}[c u]=c u^{\prime}\)
\(\frac{d}{d x}\left[\frac{u}{v}\right]=\frac{v u^{\prime}-u v^{\prime}}{v^2}\)
\(\frac{d}{d x}[x]=1\)
\(\frac{d}{d x}[\sin u]=(\cos u) u^{\prime}\)
\(\frac{d}{d x}[\cot u]=-\left(\csc ^2 u\right) u^{\prime}\)

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Reader Chapter 2 Children At Work

Class 8 English KSEEB Children At Work Summary In Hindi

वेलू एक ग्यारह साल का लड़का था जो चेन्नई जाने के लिए अपने गाँव से भागा था। वह टिकट लिए बिना ही चल पड़ा था और काफी भाग्यशाली रहा कि यात्रा के दौरान टिकट कलक्टर द्वारा पकड़ा नहीं गया। उसने दो दिनों से कुछ मूँगफली और गुड़ के सिवाय कुछ भी नहीं खाया था। चेन्नई पहुँचते ही वह स्वयं को काफी कमजोर भूखा और अकेला महसूस करने लगा था। वह घर से इस कारण भागा था क्योंकि उसके पिता और उसकी बहनें उसके साथ दुर्व्यवहार करते थे। वे उसके मेहनत से कमाए पैसों को छीन लेते थे और उन पैसों से उसके पिता शराब पी जाते थे। वेलू के पिता पियक्कड़ थे और शराब पीने के बाद वे अपने बच्चों की बुरी तरह पिटाई करते थे। वेलू ने इन सबसे छुटकारा पाने का निश्चय किया और काम-धंधे की खोज में घर छोड़ दिया। जब वेलू स्टेशन पर पहुँचा, तब जया नाम की एक गरीब लड़की ने पहचान लिया कि वह घर से भागकर आया है। वह समझ गई कि वेलू बहुत भूखा है।

उसने वेलू को खाना खाने के लिए चलने को कहा। वेलू कुछ देर तक सोचता रहा, मगर उससे भूख बर्दाश्त नहीं हो रही थी इसलिए वह उसके साथ खाने की खोज में चल पड़ा। सड़क की भीड़ पार करते हुए जया उसे एक वैंक्वेट हॉल के पिछवाड़े ले गई, जहाँ एक कूड़ेदान में भारी मात्रा में बचा हुआ खाना फेंका हुआ था। जया ने वहाँ से एक पिलपिला केला और एक वड़ा उठाया और वेलू को खाने के लिए दिया। वेलू खाने से इनकार करना चाहता था किंतु वह काफी समय से भूखा था। उसने जैसे-तैसे अपने आपको सँभाला और मन को मजबूत किया तथा केला और वड़ा अपने गले के नीचे उतार लिया।

अब वह थोड़ा अच्छा महसूस करने लगा। उसके बाद वह जया के साथ उसके घर गया, जो एक पास ही के एक गाँव में था। उसकी झोपड़ी बड़ी अजीब थी। जया ने अपना थैला फेंका और दूसरा उठा लिया। उसने एक थैला वेलू के हाथ में भी थमा दिया और बताया कि उसे कूड़ेदान में से प्लास्टिक, कागज तथा शीशे ढूँढ़कर छाँटने हैं। हिचकिचाते हुए वेलू ने थैला पकड़ लिया और खुद से कहा कि अच्छा काम मिलने तक वह यह काम करेगा। कम से कम यह काम कुछ समय के लिए तो भूख मिटाने लिए अच्छा ही है।

KSEEB Class 8 English Reader Solutions For Children At Work  Word Meanings

Capture-2-English

Capture-2-English

Children At Work Class 8 KSEEB Questions And Answers 

Children at Work Textbook Exercises (Solved) Comprehension Check 1

  1. Velu stood on the platform but he felt “as if he was still on a moving train”. Why?
    Answer. Velu felt he was still on a moving train because he had been traveling for a long time and his legs wobbled by the time he got onto the platform.
  2. What made him (Velu) feel miserable?
    Answer. The terrible noise on the platform, hunger, and exhaustion made him feel miserable.
  3. (1) Velu traveled without a ticket. Why?
    (2) How did he escape the ticket collector’s attention?
    Answer.
    Velu traveled without a ticket because he had no money with him.
    Velu escaped the ticket collector’s attention as he did not come to the unreserved compartment in which Velu had traveled.
  4. Why had Velu run away from home?
    Answer. Velu’s father was a drunkard. Whatever Velu earned, his father took away. Velu was also beaten by his father daily. Therefore he ran away from home.
  5.  Why did he (Velu) decide to follow the ‘strange’ girl?
    Answer. Velu was completely new to Chennai. He did not know where to go and what to do. But the stranger’s girl seemed to know everything. She could help him get food too. Therefore Velu decided to follow her.

Children at Work Comprehension Check 2

1. Can Velu read Tamil and English? How do you know?
Answer. Velu can read Tamil but he can’t read English. He reads the Tamil sign which says Central Jail. But he knows nothing of what is written on the English signboards.

2. “If you are not careful, you will soon be counting bars there,” the girl said.

What is she referring to?
What does she mean when she says “If you are not careful…”?

(She says something a little later which means the same. Find that sentence.)

Answer

She is referring to jail.
She means to say that Velu must be careful about whatever he does, otherwise, he would land up in jail. That sentence is- “Just don’t get caught, that’s all.”

3. (1) Where did the girl lead Velu to?
(2) What did they get to eat?
Answer
1. The girl led Velu to a big building Sri Rajarajeshwari Prasanna Kalyana Mandapam where the marriage ceremony was going on.
2. They got bananas and Vada to eat.

4. What work did she (Jaya) do? Think of a one-word answer.
Answer. Ragpicking.

Explanation of Children At Work KSEEB Class 8 

Children at Work Comprehension Check-3

  1. What material are the strange huts made out of?
  2. Why does Velu find them strange?Answer
    The strange huts are made out of metal sheets, tires, bricks, wood, and plastic.Velu finds them strange because he has never seen such huts before in his village where all huts
    are made up of mud and palm leaves.
  3. What sort of things did Jaya and children like her collect and what did they do with those things?

    Answer. Jaya and other children like her collected paper, plastic, glass, etc. from the rubbish bins. They sold them to a junk dealer named Jaggu.
  4. Is Velu happy or unhappy to find work? Give a reason for your answer.

    Answer. Velu is not happy at all. He sighs while saying that he will do the job until he finds a better job.

Children at Work Exercise (Solved)

Discuss the following questions in small groups. Write their answers afterward.

  1. Is Velu a smart boy? Which instances in the text show that he is or isn’t?

    Answer. Yes, Velu is a smart boy. He runs away from home to save himself from his father’s beating. He travels to Chennai without a ticket and without any fear in his mind. He understands the importance of Jaya’s help. So he makes a quick decision and follows her.
  2. Do you think Jaya is a brave and sensitive child with a sense of humor? Find instances of her courage, kind nature, and humor in the text.

    Answer.
    Yes, Jaya is a brave and sensitive child with a good sense of humor. She works alone and is very quick at her job. She knows that Velu is a helpless child in the crowded city of Chennai. So she helps him find food and a job. She is humorous too. She says to Velu, “If you stand around in the middle of the road like that, you’ll be chutney.”She also refers to the dirty trickle of water as the “Buckingham Canal”.
  3. “What one throws away as waste may be valuable to others”. Do you find this sentence
    meaningful in the context of this story? How?

    Answer.
    This sentence holds a lot of meaning, especially in the context of this story. Jaya, in this story, collects waste material, sells it to a junk dealer, and makes a living. The junk dealer to makes a profit by selling the waste material to a factory.

Children at Work Additional Questions

Very Short Answer Type Questions

  1. How did Velu feel when the train reached Chennai?
    Answer. Velu felt exhausted and hungry.
  2. What was the Buckingham Canal as called by Jaya?
    Answer. It was just a dirty trickle of water with a bridge across it.
  3.  Why did Jaya carry an empty bag (sack) with her?
    Answer. Jaya carried an empty sack with her to put empty bottles and other used waste material in it.
  4. Why was Velu forced to eat the banana and the Vada thrown as leftovers?
    Answer. Velu was too hungry to refuse any food.

KSEEB Class 8 English Chapter 2 Important Questions 

Children at Work Short Answer Type Questions

  1. Who was Velu? What made his life miserable at home?

    Answer. Velu was an eleven-year-old boy. He lived in a village. His father was a drunkard. He snatched away all the money Velu and his sisters earned and spent it on drinking. He would beat them too. This made Velu’s life miserable at home.
  2. Velu hated rag-picking. Why did he decide to be a rag-picker then?

    Answer. Velu was jobless. He needed money immediately to buy food. But he was not in a situation to find a good job. The only job available at present for him was rag-picking. So he was forced to be a rag-picker.

Children at Work Long Answer Type Questions

  1. Describe briefly the meeting of Velu with Jaya.

    Answer. Velu was sitting on a bench on the platform at Chennai Central. He was hungry and tired. He had a small bundle with him in which he carried a shirt, a towel, and a comb. In the meantime, a girl around his own age called him. She had a huge sack on one of her shoulders. She was picking dirty plastic cups from the floor and stuffing them into her sack. She came to Velu and sat down next to him. She knew that Velu had run away from home. She felt that the boy was hungry and needed some job immediately. But before finding a job he needed food. She asked Velu to come with her. At first, Velu hesitated. But soon he changed his mind and ran after her.
  2. Who was the girl Velu ran after? How did she help him get food?

    Answer. The girl’s name was Jaya. She was a ragpicker. She took Velu to a big building. Behind it, there was a huge garbage bin overflowing with rubbish. Jaya picked up a squashed half-eaten banana and held it out to Velu. But Velu didn’t eat it as he had never eaten others’ leftovers. Then Jaya threw him a vada and asked Velu to eat it. Velu’s hungry belly could not wait for long. So he gulped down the banana and the vada.

KSEEB Solutions for Class 8 English Karnataka State Syllabus

KSEEB Class 8 English Supplementary Readers contains Textbook Readers and Supplementary Readers of all chapters are part of Revision Notes for grade 8 English. Here we have given notes Class VIII.

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Chapter 1 The Best Christmas Present in the World

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Chapter 1 The Best Christmas Present In The World

Prose – Michael Morpurgo

Summary In English

The author found a nineteenth-century roll-top desk made of oak in a junk shop. The desk was in very bad condition. The author bought it thinking that he would restore it. He began repairing it on Christmas Eve and found a letter in one of its drawers. He took out the letter and began reading it. The letter was written by Jim Macpherson to his wife Connie.

From the letter, he came to know that Jim Macpherson was the leader of the England Army that was engaged in combat with the German Army at the time the letter was written. Macpherson wrote in the letter about a wonderful thing that happened one Christmas morning. He saw someone waving a white flag from the enemy side and heard Christmas wishes.

The English Army too wished them a Merry Christmas. Soon the two armies met at the no man’s land. Macpherson met an officer of the German army named Hans Wolf and they started talking about their lives. In the meantime, a soldier bought a football and the two teams started playing football.

The Germans won. After the football match, drinks and food were consumed by both armies. Later they saluted each other and the Germans walked away slowly. Jim bid farewell to Hans. In the night both armies were heard singing carols. Macpherson ended the letter by writing that both the armies longed for peace and he hoped that the war would end soon.

After reading the letter, the author decided to give this letter to Jim’s wife. He went to the address written on the envelope. On reaching the place, he found that Macpherson’s house had caught fire and his wife was in a nursing home. He rushed to the nursing home and found Jim’s wife there. She had grown too old waiting for her husband and she mistook the author for her husband, Jim. She declared him to be the best Christmas present in the world.

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Chapter 1 The Best Christmas Present in the World

Class 8 English KSEEB Chapter 1 The Best Christmas Present In The World Summary 

Summary In Hindi

लेखक को एक कबाड़ की दुकान में एक 19 वीं शताब्दी का गोल तले का डैस्क मिलता है। डैस्क बहुत ही बुरी हालत में था। लेखक ने उसकी मरम्मत करने के विचार से उसे खरीद लिया। क्रिस्मस की संध्या को उसने उसकी मरम्मत करनी शुरू करी और डैस्क की एक दराज में उसे एक पत्र मिला। उसने पत्र निकाल कर पढ़ना शुरू किया। वह पत्र जिम मैक्फरसन vने अपनी पत्नी कॉनी को लिखा था।

पत्र पढ़ कर उसे पता चला कि जिम मैक्फरसन अंग्रेजी सेना, जो कि जर्मन सेना के साथ पत्र लिखे जाने के समय युद्धरत थी, का नेता था। मैक्फरसन ने क्रिस्मस की प्रातः हुए एक अद्भुत नजारे के विषय में पत्र में लिखा था।

एक क्रिस्मस की सुबह उसने शत्रु सेना की ओर से किसी को सफेद झंडा लहराते देखा और क्रिस्मस की शुभकामनाएँ सुनी। अंग्रेजी सेना ने भी उन्हें शुभकामनाएँ दीं। जल्दी ही दोनों सेनाएँ तटस्थ भू-भाग पर मिली। मैक्फरसन और एक जर्मन अफ्सर, हेंस वुल्फ अपनी-अपनी जिंदगियों के बारे में बात करने लगें। तभी एक सैनिक फुटबॉल ले आया औरदोनों दल फुटबॉल खेलने लगें।

जर्मन सेना की जीत हुई। फुटबॉल मैच के बाद दोनों दलों ने खाने-पीने का आनंद लिया। बादमें उन्होंने एक दूसरे को सलामी दी और जर्मन सैनिक वापस चले गए। जिम ने हैंस को अलविदा कहा। रात को दोनों सेनाओंने क्रिस्मस प्रार्थनाएँ की मैक्फरसन ने पत्र के अंत में लिखा कि दोनों देशों की सेनाएँ शांति चाहती थीं और युद्ध समाप्त होनेकी कामना करती थी। लेखक ने वह पत्र जिम की पत्नी को देने का निश्चय किया।

वह पत्र पर लिखे पते पर पहुंचा। वहाँपहुँचा तो उसे पता चला कि मैक्फरसन के घर पर आग लग गई है और उसकी पत्नी नर्सिंग होम में है। वह वहाँ पहुँचा औरजिम की पत्नी से मिला । वह अपने पति के इतंजार में बहुत बूढ़ी हो गई थी और उसने लेखक को अपना पति जिम समझा।उसने लेखक को विश्व का सर्वोतम क्रिस्मस उपहार कह कर बुलाया।

The Best Christmas Present in the World Hindi Translation Of The Lesson (With Word Meanings)

There are some dates or periods of time in the history of the world that are so significant that everyone knows and remembers them. The story you will read mentions one such date and event: a war between the British and the Germans in 1914. Can you guess which war it was?

Do you know which events the dates below refer to?

(a) 4 July 1776
(b) 17 December 1903
(c) 6 August 1945
(d) 30 January 1948
(e) 12 April 1961
(f) 20 July 1969

विश्व के इतिहास में कुछ ऐसी तिथियाँ एवं कालखंड हैं जो इतने महत्त्वपूर्ण हैं कि हर व्यक्ति उन्हें जानता है और याद रखता है। यह कहानी, जो तुम पढ़ोंगे, ऐसी ही एक तिथि और घटना – 1914 में ब्रिटिश और जर्मनों के मध्य युद्ध का उल्लेख करती है।क्या तुम अनुमान लगा सकते हो यह कौन सा युद्ध था ?

क्या तुम जानते हो निम्न तिथियाँ किन घटनाओं से संबंधित हैं?

(a) 4 जुलाई 1776
(b) 17 दिसंबर 1930
(c) 6 अगस्त 1945
(d) 30 जनवरी 1948
(e) 12 अप्रैल 1961
(f) 20 जुलाई 1969

Answer.

(a) American Declaration of Independence.

(b) Wilbur and Orville Wright made the first flight, remaining in the air for 12 seconds and covering 120 feet.

(c) Hiroshima Day: An atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima in Japan on this day.

(d) Assassination of Mahatma Gandhi,

(e) Yuri A. Gagarin became the first human to orbit the Earth.

(f) Neil Armstrong became the first human to set foot on the Moon.

Word Meaning

  • periods portions of time, कालखंड
  • mention naming, उल्लेख
  • significant important, महत्त्वपूर्ण

I spotted it in a junk shop in Bridport, a roll-top desk. The man said it was the early nineteenth century and oak. I had wanted one, but they were far too expensive. This one was in a bad condition, the roll-top in several pieces, one leg clumsily mended, and scorch marks all down one side. It was going for very little money. I thought I could restore it. It would be a risk, a challenge, but I had to have it. I paid the man and brought it back to my workroom at the back of the garage. I began work on it on Christmas Eve.

मैंने गोलकार तल वाले इस डेस्क को ब्रिडपोर्ट में एक कबाड़ी की दुकान में देखा। उस व्यक्ति ने कहा यह आरम्भिक 19वीं शताब्दी का है और बलूत का बना है। मैं ऐसा ही एक डेस्क चाहता था, परन्तु वे बहुत अधिक महंगे थे। यह डेस्क खस्ता हालत में था। इसका लपेटा हुआ ऊपरी भाग अनेक खंडों में था। इसकी एक टाँग की भद्दे ढंग से मरम्मत की गई थी। एक ओर पूरा नीचे तक जलने के निशान थे। यह बहुत कम पैसों में बिक रहा था। मैंने सोचा कि मैं इसकी मरम्मत कर सकता हूँ। यह एक जोखिम, एक चुनौती हो सकती है, परन्तु मुझे इसे लेना ही है। मैंने उस आदमी को मोल चुकाया और इसे अपने गैराज के पिछले भाग में स्थित अपनी कार्यशाला में ले आया। मैंने क्रिसमस की पूर्व संध्या को इस पर काम आरम्भ कर दिया।

KSEEB Class 8 English Reader Solutions For The Best Christmas Present In The World 

Word Meanings

spotted-saw found, देखा, पाया

roll-top- upper part formed into a cylinder without folding, ऊपरी भाग बेलन के समान लपेटा हुआ

scorch- burn, Stellall mended repaired, मरम्मत की

restore-repair, मरम्मत करना

junk – waste material, कबाड़, कूड़ा-कर्कट

clumsily – in an awkward manner, भद्देपन से

going for –selling

challenge –  calling to account

I removed the roll-top completely and pulled out the drawers. The veneer had lifted almost everywhere it looked like water damage to me. Both fire and water had clearly taken their toll on this desk. The last drawer was stuck fast. I tried all I could to ease it out gently. In the end, I used brute force. I struck it sharply with the side of my fist and the drawer flew open to reveal a shallow space underneath, a secret drawer. There was something in there. I reached in and took out a small black tin box. Sello-taped to the top of it was a piece of lined notepaper written on it in shaky handwriting. “Jim’s last letter, received January 25, 1915, To be buried with me when the time comes.” | knew as I did it that it was wrong of me to open the box, but curiosity got the better of my scruples. It usually does.

मैंने ऊपरी भाग को पूरी तरह से हटा दिया और दराज़ों को खींचे कर बाहर निकाला। ऊपर चढ़ाई गई पतली परत प्राय: हर स्थान पर ऊपर उभर आई थी। मुझे लगता था कि यह क्षति पानी ने पहुचाई होगी। स्पष्ट था कि इस डेस्क को आग और पानी दोनों ने मिलकर खराब कर दिया था। अन्तिम दराज़ पूरी तरह से जाम था। मैंने पूरा प्रयास किया कि वह आसानी से बाहर निकल आए । अन्त में मैंने अपनी पूरी शक्ति का प्रयोग किया। मैंने अपनी मुट्ठी से इस पर जोर से चोट मारी और दराज़, नीचे एक छिछले स्थान पर एक गुप्त दराज को प्रकट करते हुए खुल गया। इस अन्दर कुछ था मैंने अन्दर हाथ डाला और एक छोटा-सा काला टीन का डिब्बा बाहर निकाला। इसके ऊपर एक धारीदार कागज़ का टुकड़ा सेलोटेप से चिपकाया गया था जिस पर काँपतें हुए हाथों से लिखा था: “जिम का अन्तिम पत्र, जनवरी 25, 1915 को प्राप्त । समय आने पर इसे मेरे संग दफनाया जाए। ” जब मैंने ऐसा किया तो मैं जानता था कि मेरे लिए इस डिब्बे को खोलना अनुचित है, परन्तु उत्सुकता ने मेरी भावनाओं का गला घोंट दिया। ऐसा प्रायः होता ही है।

Word Meanings

drawer – a sliding box in a case,

stuck fast- shut tight,

damage – harm, injury,

brute- rude, fre

scruples – feelings that make you hesitate to do something wrong, नैतिक विचार, भावनाएँ

veneer – a thin layer of superior kind of wood over an inferior one खराब लकड़ी केऊपर की अच्छी लकड़ी की पतली-सी परत

fist-  clenched hand, मुट्ठी

curiosity – inquisitiveness, कौतूहल, उत्सुकता

shallow- having little depth, कम गहरा, छिछला

Inside the box there was an envelope. The address read: “Mrs jim Macpherson, 12 Copper Beeches, Bridport, Dorset.” I took out the letter and unfolded it. It was written in pencil and dated at the top- “December 26, 1914”,

डिब्बे के अन्दर एक लिफ़ाफ़ा था। उस पर पता था – ” श्रीमती जिम मैकफ़र्सन 12 कॉपर बीचिज ब्रिडपोर्ट, डॉसेंट। ” मैंने पत्र बाहर निकाला और इसकी परतें खोलीं। यह पेंसिल से लिखा गया था और ऊपर दिसम्बर 26, 1914 की तारीख डाली गई थी।

Word Meanings

envelope- a cover of paper, लिफ़ाफ़ा

generous- kind hearted, उदार

unfolded- opened out, खोला

Dearest Connie,

I write to you in a much happier frame of mind because something wonderful has just happened that I must tell you about at once. We were all standing to in our trenches yesterday morning, Christmas morning. It was crisp and quiet all about, as beautiful a moming as I’ve ever seen, as cold and frosty as a Christmas morning should be.

परमप्रिय कोनी,

मैं तुम्हें अति प्रसन्न मन से लिख रहा हूँ क्योंकि अभी-अभी कुछ ऐसी आश्चर्यजनक घटना घटी है जिसके बारे में मुझे तुरन्त तुम्हें बताना चाहिए। कल क्रिसमस की प्रातः हम सब खन्दकों में खड़े थे। चारों ओर पूर्ण खामोशी थी, यह ऐसी सुन्दर प्रातः थी जैसी कि मैंने शायद ही कभी देखी हो। अत्यंत शीतल और कुहरे वाली, जितनी कि क्रिसमस की प्रातः होनी ही चाहिए।

The Best Christmas Present in the World Class 8 KSEEB Questions And Answers 

Word Meanings

trenches – long deep holes in the ground where soldiers hide from the enemy, खाई, खंदकें खाई की किलाबंदी

crisp- brisk, कुरकुरा

frosty – cold, chilly, पालेदार, बहुत ठंडा

I should like to be able to tell you that we began it. But the truth, I’m ashamed to say, is that Fritz be- gan it. First, someone saw a white flag waving from the trenches opposite. Then they were calling out to us from across no man’s land, “Happy Christmas, Tommy! Happy Christmas!” When we had got over the surprise, some of us shouted back, “Same to you, Fritz! Same to you!” I thought that would be that. We all did. But then suddenly one of them was up there in his grey greatcoat and waving a white flag. “Don’t shoot, lads!” someone shouted. And no one did. Then there was another Fritz up on the parapet, and another. “Keep your heads down,” I told the men, “it’s a trick.” But it wasn’t.

मैं तुम्हें सारी बात बताना चाहता हूँ कि हमने इसे आरम्भ किया। परन्तु मैं यह कहते हुए लज्जा अनुभव कर रहा हूँ कि सच्चाई यह है कि जर्मनों ने इसे आरम्भ किया। सबसे पहले किसी ने सामने की खन्दकों से सफेद झंडा लहराता हुआ देखा। तत्पश्चात् वे तटस्थ क्षेत्र के पार से हमें पुकार कर कह रहे थे, “शुभ क्रिसमस, ब्रिटिश सैनिको, शुभ क्रिसमस!” जब हमने अपने आश्चर्य पर काबू पा लिया, तब हम में से कुछ ने उत्तर में पुकार कर कहा, “तुम्हें भी क्रिसमस मुबारक, जर्मन सैनिको!” मैंने सोचा बस इतना ही होगा। हम सबने यही सोचा। परन्तु उसी समय अचनाक उनमें से एक अपने भूरे रंग का लम्बा कोट पहने उठ खड़ा हुआ और सफ़ेद झंडा लहराने लगा। किसी ने चिल्ला कर कहा, “लड़कों (जवानों), गोली मत चलना।” और किसी ने गोली नहीं चलाई। तत्पश्चात् वहाँ खन्दक (खाई) के पास की दीवार पर एक और जर्मन सिपाही उठ खड़ा हुआ, फिर एक और मैंने अपने आदमियों से कहा, अपने सिर नीचे रखो यह कोई चाल है।” परन्तु ऐसा नहीं था।

Word Meanings

ashamed- felt shame, लज्जित, शर्मिंदा

across- on the opposite side of पार

Tommy – a common name for a British soldier, अंग्रेज सैनिक

grey- of white color mixed with black, भूरा

parapet- the wall of the side of a trench, खाई के पास की दीवार

Fritz – a common name for a German soldier, जर्मन सैनिक

One of the Germans was waving a bottle above his head. “It is Christmas Day, Tommy. We have schnapps. We have sausage. We meet you? Yes?” By this time there were dozens of them walking towards us across no man’s land and not a rifle between them. Little Private Morris was the first up. “Come on boys, What are we waiting for?” And then there was no stopping them. I was the officer. I should have stopped them there and then, I suppose, but the truth is that it never even occurred to me I should. All along their line and ours, I could see men walking slowly toward one another, grey coats, and khaki coats meeting in the middle.

जर्मन (सिपाहियों) में से एक अपने सिर के ऊपर बोतल लहरा रहा था। “ब्रिटिश सिपाहियों, यह क्रिसमस दिवस है, हमारे पास Schnapps ( जर्मन शराब) है। हमारे पास मांस है। हम तुमसे मिलें? ठीक है?” इस समय तक उनमें से दर्जनों तटस्थ क्षेत्र को पार करके हमारी ओर चले आ रहे थे और उनके पास कोई राइफल नहीं थी। लिटिल प्राइवेट मॉरिस सबसे पहले खड़ा हुआ, “लड़को आओ, हम किस बात की प्रतीक्षा कर रहे हैं?” और उसके बाद उन्हें कोई रोकने वाला नहीं था। मैं अधिकारी था। मैं समझता हूँ मुझे उनको वहीं और उसी समय रोक देना चाहिए था, परंतु सच्चाई यह है कि मुझे कभी लगा ही नहीं कि मुझे रोकना चाहिए। उनकी लाइनों और हमारी लाइनों सभी ओर मैं जवानों को धीरे-धीरे एक-दूसरे की ओर आते हुए देख सकता था, मध्य भाग में भूरे कोट (जर्मन) तथा खाकी कोट (ब्रिटिश) आपस में मिल रहे थे। और मैं उन में से एक था। मैं इसका एक भाग था। युद्ध के दौरान हम शांति मना रहे थे।

Word Meanings

schnapps – a German drink made from wheat grains, गेहूँ से बना जर्मन पेय

no man’s land – a stretch of land between two enemy states controlled by neither, तटस्थ भूमि

sausage – minced meat seasoned and stuffed in cylindrical cases, डिब्बों में भरा मसाला लगा मांस

You cannot imagine, dearest Connie, my feelings as I looked into the eyes of the Fritz officer, who approached me, hand outstretched. “Hans Wolf,” he said, gripping my hand warmly and holding it. “I am from Dusseldorf. I play the cello in the orchestra. Happy Christmas.” sausage – minced meat seasoned and stuffed in cylindrical cases,
“Captain Jim Macpherson,” I replied. “And a Happy Christmas to you too. I’m a school teacher from Dorset, in the west of England.”

परमप्रिय कोनी, तुम उस समय मेरी भावनाओं की कल्पना नहीं कर सकती जिस समय मैंने उस जर्मन अधिकारी की आँखों में देखा, जो मेरे पास पहुँचा, हाथ ( मिलाने के लिए) बाहर फैलाए हुए। मेरे हाथ को गर्मजोशी के साथ पकड़ते हुए और इसे थामे हुए, उसने कहा, “(मैं) हैन्सवुल्फ ( हूँ)। मैं ड्यूसेल्डडोर्फ से हूँ। मैं थिएटर में सेलो बजाता हूँ। क्रिसमस मुबारक हो । ” मैंने उत्तर में कहा, ” (मैं) कैप्टेन जिम मैकफ़र्सन ( हूँ) | अपको क्रिसमस मुबारक हो। मैं इंग्लैंड के पश्चिमी भाग में स्थित डॉरसैट से स्कूल अध्यापक हूँ।”

Word Meanings

approached – came near to, पास पहुँचा

out stretched- spread out फैलाया हुआ

gripping- holding firmly, कसकर पकड़े हुए

orchestra – a company of performers playing musical instruments कई प्रकार के वाद्यों को बजाने वाला समूह

Explanation Of The Best Christmas Present In The World KSEEB Class 8 

“Ah, Dorset,” he smiled. “I know this place. I know it very well.” We shared my rum ration and his excellent sausage. And we talked, Connie, how we talked. He spoke almost perfect English. But it turned out he had never set foot in Dorset, never even been to England. He had learned he knew of England from school, and from reading books in English. His favorite writer was Thomas Hardy, his favorite book was Far from the Madding Crowd. So out there in no man’s land, we talked of Bathsheba and Gabriel Oak and Sergeant Troy and Dorset. He had a wife and one son, born just The Best Christmas Present in the World six months ago. As I looked about me there were huddles of khaki and grey everywhere, all over no man’s land, smoking, laughing, talking, drinking, eating. Hans Wolf and I shared what was left of your wonderful Christmas cake, Connie. He thought the marzipan was the best he had ever tasted. I agreed. We agreed about everything, and he was my enemy. There never was a Christmas party like it, Connie.

‘अहा ! डोरसेट” वह मुस्कराया। मैं इस स्थान को जानता हूं। मैं इसे अच्छी तरह से जानता हूँ। हमने मेरी राशन की रम और उसके बढ़िया मांस का मिल-जुल कर आनन्द लिया। और कोनी, हमने बातचीत की, जैसे (आमतौर पर) हम बात करते थे। वह लगभग शुद्ध अंग्रेजी बोलता था। परन्तु इस बात का पता चला कि उसने कभी डोरसेट में कदम नहीं रखा था, इंग्लैंड में भी कभी नहीं आया था। इंग्लैंड के बारे में वह जो कुछ जानता था, वह उसने स्कूल में, अंग्रेजी की पुस्तकों के अध्ययन से ही जाना था। उसका मनपसंद लेखक था थामस हार्डी, उसकी मनपसन्द पुस्तक ‘Far from the Madding Crowd’ थी। इस प्रकार वहाँ तटस्थ भूमि पर हमने Bathsheba and Gabrial Oak और Sergeant Troy and Dorset के विषय में बातचीत की। उसकी एक पत्नी है और एक पुत्र, जिसका जन्म केवल छः मास पूर्व हुआ है। ज्योंहि मैंने अपने चारों ओर देखा वहीं मैंने तटस्थ भूमि पर सभी जगह खाकी और भूरे रंग की (वर्दी पहने हुए लोगों की भीड़ देखी जोकि धूम्रपान कर रहे थे, बातचीत कर रहे थे, शराब पी रहे थे, खाना खा रहे थे। कोनी तुम्हारे (भेजे हुए) शानदार ( स्वादिष्ट) क्रिसमस केक के बचे हुए भाग को हैंस वुल्फ और मैंने मिल कर खाया | उसका विचार था कि Marzipan उसके द्वारा अब तक खाए गए सभी पदार्थों में सर्वश्रेष्ठ था। मैं (उससे) सहमत था । हम हर बात पर सहमत थे, हालाँकि वह मेरा शत्रु था। कोनी, इस प्रकार की क्रिसमस पार्टी कभी नहीं हुई थी।

Word Meanings

excellent-pre-eminent, fine, श्रेष्ठ
shared – distributed, ate collectively, बाँट कर खाया
huddles- groups, crowd, समूह
grey- of white color mixed with black, भूरा
favorite – regarded with fondness, for
marzipan – a sweet covering on a cake made from sugar, eggs and almonds, मीठा खाद्य पदार्थ (केक पर लगा हुआ)

Then, someone, I don’t know brought out a football. Greatcoats were dumped in piles to make goalposts and the next thing we knew it was Tommy against Fritz out in the middle of no man’s land. Hans Wolf and I looked on and cheered, clapping our hands and stamping our feet, to keep out the cold as much as anything. There was a moment when I noticed our breaths mingling in the air between He saw it too and smiled. “Jim Macpherson,” he said after a while, “I think this is how we should resolve this war. A football match. No one dies in a football match. No children are orphaned. No wives become widows.”

तभी कोई व्यक्ति, मैं नहीं जानता कौन, एक फुटबॉल निकाल लाया। लम्बे कोट गोल पोस्ट बनाने के लिए ढेरों में इकट्ठे कर दिए गए थे, और इसके पश्चात् होने वाली घटना जो हमें मालूम है, तटस्थ भूमि पर ब्रिटिश सिपाहियों और जर्मन सिपाहियों का मैच था। हैंस वुल्फ और मैं देख रहे थे और उनको प्रोत्साहित करने के लिए तथा सर्दी भगाने के लिए अपने हाथों से तालियाँ बजाते हुए अपने पैरों को जमीन पर पटक रहे थे। एक क्षण ऐसा आया जब मैंने देखा कि हमारी साँसें हमारे बीच की वायु में परस्पर मिल रही हैं। उसने भी इसे देखा और मुस्करा दिया। कुछ समय बाद उसने कहा, “जिम मैक्फर्सन, मेरे विचार में यही तरीका है जिससे हमें इस युद्ध का हल करना चाहिए। एक फुटबॉल मैच। फुटबॉन मैच में कोई नहीं मरता । बच्चे अनाथ नहीं होते। पत्नियाँ विधवाएँ नहीं होतीं।”

Word Meanings

dumped- threw down, नीचे फेंका

stamping – striking the ground heavily with sole of foot, पावों के तलों को जमीन पर मारना

orphaned- bereft of mother and father, अनाथ हुए

piles- heaps, ढेर

mingling – mixing परस्पर मिलते हुए

resolve- settle, निर्णय करना

I’d prefer cricket,” I told him. “Then we Tommies could be sure of winning, probably.” We laughed at that, and together we watched the game. Sad to say, Connie. Fritz won two goals to one. But as Hans Wolf generously said, our goal was wider than theirs, so it wasn’t quite fair. The time came, and all too soon, when the game was finished, the schnapps and the rum and the sausage had long since run out, and we knew it was all over. I wished Hans well and told him I hoped he would see his family again soon, that the fighting would end and we could all go home.

मैंने उसे कहा, “मैं क्रिकेट को प्राथमिकता दूँगा ।” “सम्भवतः, तब हम ब्रिटिश निश्चित रूप से जीत सकते हैं।” इस बात पर हम हँस पड़े, और साथ-साथ हमने खेल देखा। कोनी, यह कहते हुए खेद है कि जर्मन एक के मुकाबले दो गोल से जीत गए। परंतु जैसा कि हैंस वुल्फ ने उदारतापूर्वक कहा, हमारा गोल उनके गोल से अधिक जोरदार था, अतः यह पूर्णतया युक्ति-संगत नहीं था। समय बीतते पता ही नहीं चला। इसके साथ ही खेल समाप्त हो गया, (जर्मन) शराब और (ब्रिटिश) रम, और (जर्मन) मांस कभी के समाप्त हो चुके थे। हम जान गए यह सब समाप्त हो चुका है। मैंने हैंस को शुभकामनाएँ दीं, और आशा व्यक्त की कि वह शीघ्र ही अपने परिवार से पुनः मिलेगा, लड़ाई समाप्त हो जाएगी और हम सब घर जा सकेंगे।

Word Meanings

prefer– to estimate highly, अधिमान देना

generously – liberally, उदारतापूर्वक

run out- come to an end, समाप्त होना

probably- possibly, संभवतः

fair- honest, ईमानदार, न्यायसंगत

“I think that is what every soldier wants on both side,” Hans Wolf said, “Take care, Jim Macpherson. I shall never forget this moment, nor you.” He saluted and walked away from me slowly, unwillingly, I felt. He turned to wave just once and then became one of the hundreds of grey-coated men drifting back towards their trenches.

हैंस वुल्फ ने कहा, “मेरे विचार में दोनों पक्षों का प्रत्येक सिपाही यही चाहता है। ” “जिम मैक्फर्सन अपना ध्यान रखना, मैं यह क्षण कभी नहीं भूल पाऊँगा और न ही तुम। ” उसने नमस्कार किया, और अनिच्छापूर्वक वह धीमी गति से वहाँ से चला गया। केवल एक बार पीछे मुड़कर हाथ मिलाया और फिर अपनी खन्दकों की ओर वापिस जा रहे सैकड़ों भूरे कोटों में जा मिला।

KSEEB notes for Class 8 English Chapter 1 

Word Meanings

unwillingly- reluctantly, अनिच्छापूर्वक

drifting- going, जा रहे

moment- a very small portion of time, क्षण

That night, back in our dugouts, we heard them singing a canol, and singing it quite beautifully. It was Stille Nacht, Silent Night. Our boys gave them a rousing chorus of While Shepherds Watched. We exchanged carols for a while and then we all fell silent. We had our time of peace and goodwill, a time I will treasure as long as I live
Dearest Connie, by Christmas time next year, this war will be nothing but a distant and terrible memory. I know from all that happened today how much both armies long for peace. We shall be together again soon, I’m sure of it

उस रात, अपनी खन्दकों में, हम ने उन्हें एक खुशी का गीत गाते सुना और वे अति सुन्दर ढंग से गा रहे थे। यह Stille Nacht (‘मौन रात्रि ) गीत था। हमारे जवानों ने उन्हें While Shepherds Watched’ का एक मिश्रित प्रेरणादायक गीत सुनाया। हमने कुछ समय तक आनन्द के गीतों का आदान प्रदान किया और फिर हम शान्त हो गए। हम ने शान्ति और सद्भावना का समय बिताया, यह ऐसा समय था जिसे मैं आजीवन सँभाल कर रखूँगा। प्रियतम कोनी, अगले साल की क्रिसमस समय तक, यह युद्ध एक दूरस्थ और दुःखद यादगार के सिवाय कुछ भी नहीं रहेगा। आज जो कुछ हुआ उस सब से मैं जान सकता हूँ कि दोनों सेनाएँ शान्ति के लिए कितनी अधिक कामना करती हैं। मुझे विश्वास है कि हम शीघ्र ही फिर से साथ-साथ होंगे। 

Word Meanings

dugouts – shelters for soldiers made by digging in the ground and saving them, भूमिगत शरण स्थल

rousing – provoking, उत्तेजना देने वाला

goodwill- friendly feelings or attitude, सद्भावन

carol- a joyous song, आनंद का गीत

chorus- a song sung collectively, मिलकर गाया हुआ गीत

terrible- frightful, भयंकर

I folded the letter again and slipped it carefully back into its envelope. I kept awake all night. By morning knew what I had to do. I drove into Bridport, just a few miles away. I asked a boy walking his dog where Copper Beeches was. House number 12 turned out to be nothing but a burned-out shell, the roof gaping, the windows boarded-up. I knocked at the house next door and asked if anyone knew the whereabouts of Mrs. Macpherson. Oh yes, said the old man in his slippers, he knew her well. A lovely old lady, he told me, a bit muddle-headed, but at her age, she was entitled to be, wasn’t she? A hundred and one years old. She had been in the house when it caught fire. No one really knew how the fire had started, but it could well have been candles. She used candles rather than electricity because she always thought electricity was too expensive. The fireman had got her out just in time. She was in a nursing home now, he told me. Burlington House, on Dorchester road, on the other side of town.

मैंने पत्र को पुनः तह किया और ध्यानपूर्वक में डाल दिया। मैं सारी रात जगाता रहा। प्रातः होने तक मैं जान गया था कि मुझे क्या करना है। मैं कुछ ही मील दूर, ब्रिडपोर्ट में गाड़ी से गया। मैंने अपने कुत्ते को घुमा रहे एक लड़के से पूछा कि कॉप्पर बीचज कहाँ है। मकान नं० 12 एक जले हुए खोल के अतिरिक्त और कुछ नहीं निकाला। छत खुली हुई थी, खिड़कियाँ बोडों से बन्द थीं। मैंने पास के घर का द्वार खटखटाया और पूछा कि क्या कोई श्रीमती मैक्फर्सन के विषय में जानता है। स्लीपर पहने एक बूढ़े आदमी ने कहा, हाँ, वह उसे अच्छी तरह से जानता है। उसने मुझे बताया कि वह एक सुन्दर बुढ़िया है, कुछ जड़ बुद्धि वाली है, परन्तु उस आयु में भी वह इस की पात्र थी, क्या नहीं थी? 101 वर्ष की वृद्धा । वह घर में थी जब इसे आग लगी । वास्तव में कोई भी नहीं जानता कि आग कैसे लगी परन्तु इस का कारण अवश्य मोमबत्तियाँ रही होंगी। वह बिजली की अपेक्षा मोमबत्तियाँ का उपयोग करती थीं, क्योंकि वह सदा सोचती थी कि बिजली अधिक महँगी है। फायरमैन ने ठीक समय पर उसे बाहर निकाल लिया था। उस ने मुझे बताया कि इस समय वह, नगर दूसरी ओर डार्चेस्टर सड़क पर स्थित, बर्लिंगन हाउस नामक नर्सिंग होम में है।

Word Meanings

folded- enveloped, rolled, तह किया

slipped – act of slipping,

entitled- fit for, पात्र

expensive – costly, महँगी

muddle- headed confused, जड़-बुद्धि वाला

gaping- break or opening in a wall, हृदरार/खाली जगह

I found Burlington House Nursing Home easily enough. There were paper chains up in the hallway and a lighted Christmas tree stood in the corner with a lopsided angel on top. I said I was a friend coming to visit Mrs. Macpherson to bring her a Christmas present. I could see through into the dining room where everyone was wearing a paper hat and singing. The matron had a hat on too and seemed happy enough to see me. She even offered me a mince pie. She walked me along the corridor. “Mrs. Macpherson is not in with the others,” she told me. “She’s rather confused today so we thought it best if she had a good rest. She has no family you know, no one visits. So I’m sure she’ll be only too pleased to see you.” She took me into a conservatory with wicker chairs and potted plants all around and left me.

मैं बर्लिंगटन हाउस नर्सिंग होम तक काफी आसनी से पहुँच गया। वहाँ हाल के मार्ग में ऊपर कागज की लड़ियाँ थीं, और एक कोने में एक प्रकाशित क्रिसमस वृक्ष खड़ा था, जिसकी चोटी पर तिरछा लटका हुआ एक देवदूत था। मैंने कहा मैं एक मित्र, श्रीमती मैक्फर्सन से मिलने तथा उसके लिए क्रिसमस का उपहार लेकर आया हूँ। मैं भोजन कक्ष में हर व्यक्ति को कागज की टोपी पहने तथा गीत गाते देख सकता था। मेट्रन भी हैट पहने हुए थी और मुझे मिलकर काफी खुश नजर आ रही थी। उसने मुझे मांस की एक कचौड़ी भी प्रस्तुत की। वह मुझे गलियारे के साथ-साथ ले गईं। उसने मुझे बताया, “श्रीमती मैक्फर्सन अन्दर दूसरों के साथ नहीं है। वह आज काफी उलझन में है। अतः हम ने सोचा कि यह बहुत अच्छा रहेगा, यदि उसे अच्छा विश्राम मिल जाए। आप जानते हैं कि उस का कोई परिवार नहीं है, कोई भी उसे मिलने नहीं आता है। अतः मुझे यकीन है वह आप से मिल कर बहुत प्रसन्न होगी।” वह मुझे एक सुरक्षित भंडार में ले गईं जिसमें चारों ओर सींक की बनी कुर्सियाँ और गमलों में पौधे लगे थे, और मुझे वहाँ छोड़ गई।

Word Meanings

lopsided-unbalanced, असंतुलित

mince- meat cut into small pieces, छोटे-छोटे टुकड़ों में कटा हुआ

confused-perplexed, व्याकुल

conservatory- a greenhouse, कोमल वनस्पतियों को रखने का रक्षा- गृह

matron – the woman superintendent of a hospital, प्रधान परिचारिका

pie – fruit crust covered with paste and baked, कचौड़ी, समोसा

wicker-twigs or canes woven together, टहनी, नरम बेंत

The old lady was sitting in a wheelchair, her hands folded in her lap. She had silver-white hair pinned into a wispy bun. She was gazing out at the garden. “Hello,” I said. She turned and looked up at me vacantly. “Happy Christmas, Connie, ” I went on. “| found this. I think it’s yours.” As I was speaking her eyes never left my face. I opened the tin box and gave it to her. That was the moment her eyes lit up with recognition and her face became suffused with a sudden glow of happiness. I explained about the desk, about how I had found it, but I don’t think she was listening. For a while, she said nothing but stroked the letter tenderly with her fingertips.

वृद्ध महिला पहियों वाली एक कुर्सी पर बैठी हुई थी, उसके जुड़े हुए हाथ उसकी गोद में थे। उसने चाँदी जैसे सफेद बालों का एक गुच्छेदार जूड़ा बनाया हुआ था। वह लगातार बाग की ओर देख रही थी। मैंने कहा, “हैलो !” वह मुड़ी और मेरी ओर खाली नजरों से देखा। मैंने कहना जारी रखा, “कोनी, क्रिसमस आनन्दमयी हो । ” “मुझे यह मिला था, मेरा विचार है कि यह तुम्हारा है।” जब मैं बोल रहा था, तो उसकी आँखें मेरे चेहरे से नहीं हट रही थीं। मैंने टिनबॉक्स खोला और उसे दे दिया। उसी क्षण उसके नेत्र पहचान के कारण चमक उठे और उसका चेहरा अचानक खुशी से खिल उठा। मैंने डेस्क के विषय में बताया, मैंने बताया कि मुझे यह कैसे मिला, परन्तु मेरे विचार में वह मुझे सुन नहीं रही थी। कुछ समय तक उसने कुछ नहीं कहा, केवल कोमलतापूर्वक अपनी उँगलियों के सिरों से पत्र को सहलाती रही।

Word Meanings

gazing out-long steady look, लगातार देखना

vacantly-thoughtlessly, विचार शून्य

lit up – became bright with happiness, चमक उठी

wispy-small bundle, गुच्छा

suffused-spread all over, व्याप्त

stroked-patted, थपथपाया, सहलाया

Suddenly she reached out and took my hand. Her eyes were filled with tears. “You told me you’d come home by Christmas, dearest,” She said. “And here you are, the best Christmas present in the world. Come closer, Jim dear, sit down.” The Best Christmas Present in the World I sat down beside her, and she kissed my cheek, “I read your letter so often Jim, every day. I wanted to hear your voice in my head. It always made me feel you were with me. And now you are. Now you’re back you can read it to me yourself. Would you do that for me, Jim dear? I just want to hear your voice again. I’d love that so much. And then perhaps we’ll have some tea. I’ve made you a nice Christmas cake, marzipan all around. I know how much you love marzipan.”

अचानक उसने हाथ बढ़ाकर मेरा हाथ पकड़ लिया। उसकी आँखों में आँसू आ गए। उसने कहा, “प्रियतम, तुम ने मुझे कहा था कि तुम क्रिसमस तक घर आ जाओगे।” “और तुम आ गए हो, संसार के सर्वश्रेष्ठ क्रिसमस उपहार के रूप में।” “प्रिय जिम और पास आओ, बैठ जाओ।” मैं उसके पास बैठ गया और उसने मेरे गाल चूम लिए। “जिम मैं प्रतिदिन कितनी बार तुम्हारे पत्र को पढ़ती थी। मैं अपने दिमाग में तुम्हारी आवाज सुनना चाहती थी। इससे मुझे सदा ऐसा लगता था कि तुम मेरे साथ हो और अब तुम ( साथ) हो (ही) । अब तुम वापिस आ गए हो, तुम स्वयं मुझे पत्र पढ़ कर सुनाओ। क्या तुम मेरे लिए यह काम करोगे, प्रिय जिम? मैं फिर से तुम्हारी आवाज सुनना चाहती हूँ। मुझे यह बहुत ही प्रिय लगेगा और तब शायद हम कुछ चाय लेंगे। मैंने तुम्हारे लिए बढ़िया क्रिसमस केक बनाया है जिसके चारों ओर marzipan लगा हुआ है। मैं जानती हूँ। मैं जानती हूँ तुम marzipan कितना अधिक पसन्द करते हो। “

Word Meanings

suddenly- unexpectedly, अचानक

all around- on all sides, चारों ओर

beside-close to, निकट / बगल में

perhaps-possibly, शायद

KSEEB Class 8 English Chapter 1 Important Questions 

The Best Christmas Present in the World Textbook Exercises Comprehension Check 1

  1. What did the author find in the junk shop?Answer. The author found a roll-top desk made of oak in a junk shop.
  1. What did the author find in the secret drawer? Who do you think to put it in there?Answer. The author found a small black tin box in the secret drawer that had a letter in it. I think the owner of the roll-top desk, Mrs. Macpherson, had put it there.

Comprehension Check 2

  1. Who had written the letter, to whom, and when?Answer. Captain Jim Macpherson had written the letter to his wife, Connie. It was written a day after the Christmas of 1914. During that time a war was being fought between Britain and Germany.
  1. Why was the letter written-what was the wonderful thing that had happened?Answer. Captain Jim Macpherson wrote this letter to his wife to tell her about a wonderful thing that happened one Christmas day. That wonderful thing was a friendly gesture shown by the German soldiers by extending Christmas greetings to British soldiers one night during the war. They enjoyed meat and drinks. Thus the enemies became friends for one day.
  1. What job did Hans Wolf and Jim Macpherson have when they were not soldiers?Answer. Hans Wolf was a musician and Jim Macpherson was a schoolteacher when they were not soldiers.
  1. Had Hans Wolf ever been to Dorset? Why did he say he knew it?Answer. Hans Wolf had never been to Dorset nor even to England. He said so because he had learned all he knew about England from school and from reading English books.
  1. Do you think Jim Macpherson came back from the war? How do you know this?Answer.  I think Jim Macpherson never came back from the war. The fact that when their house caught fire, Mrs. Macpherson was alone in the house. She lived there alone proving it. Secondly, Mrs. Macpherson had written on the tin box that it contained Jim’s last letter. It was to be buried with her after her death.

Comprehension Check 3

  1. Why did the author go to Bridport?Answer. The author went to Bridport to give back Mrs. Macpherson her letter.
  1. How old was Mrs. Macpherson now? Where was she?Answer. Mrs. Macpherson was 101 years old. She was in Burlington House Nursing Home situated on Dorchester road.

Comprehension Check 4

  1. Who did Connie Macpherson think her visitor was?Answer. She thought that her visitor was her husband, Jim Macpherson.
  1. Which sentence in the text shows that the visitor did not try to hide his identity?Answer. The sentence in the text which shows that the visitor did not try to hide his identity is – ‘I said I was a friend come to visit Mrs. Macpherson to bring her a Christmas present.’

The Best Christmas Present in the World Working With The Text

  1. For how long do you think Connie had kept Jim’s letter? Give reasons for your answer.Answer. Connie had kept Jim’s letter with her till their house caught fire. The burn marks, over the desk on which the letter was kept, show this.
  1. Why do you think the desk had been sold and when?

    Answer. I think after the fire incident, Mrs. Connie must have sold the desk to the junk dealer. She must have sold it because it was in a bad condition.
  1. Why do Jim and Hans think that games or sports are good ways of resolving conflicts? Do you agree?Answer. Jim and Hans thought so because no one gets killed in sports. Wives do not become widows. Children do not become orphans. I completely agree with them.
  1. Do you think the soldiers of the two armies are like each other, or different from each other? Find evidence from the story to support your answer.Answer. The soldiers of the two armies are like each other. The soldiers of both armies want the war to end soon. They wished to go home. One Christmas morning, the German soldiers waved a white flag and shouted Christmas wishes. The English soldiers too wished them. The two armies met each other at the no man’s land and made merry. One German officer, Hans, commented that wars should be resolved by playing games like football.
  1. Mention the various ways in which the British and the German soldiers become friends and find things in common at Christmas.Answer. On Christmas morning, the German soldiers came out of their trenches waving the white flag. They were calling out from across no man’s land, “Happy Christmas”. The British soldiers wished The Best Christmas Present in the World the same to them. The Germans came to the no man’s land with schnapps and sausages. The British soldiers joined them with rum. They ate and drank. They also played a football match. Both wanted to go back to their families at the end of the war.
  1. What is Connie’s Christmas present? Why is it the best Christmas present in the world”?Answer. Her husband’s last letter is Connie’s best Christmas present. It is the best Christmas present because it brings back to her the memories of her husband. It is a symbol of her husband’s return on Christmas eve.
  1. Do you think the title of the story is suitable for it? Can you think of any other title(s)?Answer.Yes, the title of the story is very suitable. At the end, when the author went to Connie to give her husband’s letter, she mistook him for her husband. She glowed with joy and called him the best Christmas present in the world. Other titles can be Games: The Best Way to Solve Conflicts or The Lost Last Letter.

The Best Christmas Present in the World Working With Language

  1. Look at these sentences from the story.

I spotted it in a junk shop in Bridport… The man said it was made in the early nineteenth century…
This one was in bad condition…
The italicized verbs are in the past tense. They tell us what happened in the past, before now.

Read the passage below and underline the verbs in the past tense.

Answer A man got on the train and sat down. The compartment was empty except for one lady. She took her gloves off. A few hours later the police arrested the man. They held him for 24 hours and then freed him.

Now, look at these sentences.

The veneer had lifted almost everywhere. Both fire and water had taken their toll on this desk.

Notice the verb forms had lifted, had taken (their toll).

The author found and bought the desk in the past.

The desk was damaged before the author found it and bought it.

Fire and water had damaged the desk before the author found it and bought it.

  • We use verb forms like had damaged for an event in the earlier past’. If there are two events in the past, we use the ‘had…. form for the event that occurred first in the past.
  • We also use the past perfect tense to show that something was wished for or expected before a particular time in the past. For example, I had always wanted one…
  • Discuss with your partner the difference in meaning in the sentences below.

(a) When I reached the station, the train left.

(b) When I reached the station, the train had left.

Answer.
(a) The first sentence means that the train left the moment I reached the station.

(b) The second sentence means that the train had already left when I reached the station.
Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

English-chapter-1

Underline the verbs and arrange them in two columns, Past and Earlier past.

(a) My friends set out to see the caves in the next town, but I stayed at home because I had severe them already.

(b) When they arrived at the station, their train had left. They came back home, but by that time I had gone out to see a movie!

(c) So they sat outside and ate the lunch I had packed for them.

(d) By the time I returned, they had fallen asleep!

English-chapter-1-Noun

 

  1. Dictionary work

By the end of the journey, we had run out of drinking water. Look at the verb run out of in this sentence. It is a phrasal verb: it has two parts, a verb, and a preposition or adverb. Phrasal verbs often have meanings that are different from the meanings of their parts.

Find these phrasal verbs in the story.

burn out
light up
run out
look on
keep out

Write down the sentences in which they occur. Consult a dictionary and write down the meaning that you think matches the meaning of the phrasal verb in your sentence.

Answer.

  1. Burnout – House No. 12 turned out to be nothing but a burned-out shell.
  2. Meaning – destroyed by fire
  3.  Light up That was the moment her eyes lit up with recognition.
  4. Meaning – became bright with happiness, excitement
  5. Look on-Hans Wolf and I looked on and cheered.
  6. Meaning – be a spectator
  7. Run out – The schnapps and the rum and the sausage had long since run out.
  8. Meaning – exhausted, finished, be used up
  9.  Keep out – Hans Wolf and I looked on and cheered, clapping our hands and stamping our feet to keep out the cold.
  10. Meaning – to avoid
  11. Noun phrase

Analysis of The Best Christmas Present In The World KSEEB English Reader 

Read the following sentence:

I took out a small black tin box.

The phrase in italics is a noun phrase.

  • It has the noun – box – as the headword, and three adjectives preceding it.
  • Notice the order in which the adjectives occur – size (small), color (black), and material (tin) of which it is made.
  • We rarely use more than four adjectives before a noun and there is no rigid order in which they are used, though there is a preferred order of modifiers/adjectives in a noun phrase, as given below.

English-chapter-1-sentences

  1. The table below contains a list of nouns and some adjectives. Use as many adjectives as you can to describe each noun. You might come up with some funny descriptions!

English-chapter-Noun-adjectivesAnswer.

  1.  I saw a wild enormous elephant.
  2.  She has a cheerful, round, chubby, medium-sized face.
  3. This is a large, circular, multicolored building.
  4.  I bathe in cold blue water.

The Best Christmas Present in the World Speaking

  1. In groups discuss whether wars are a good way to end conflicts between countries. Then present your arguments to the whole class.Answer. Wars are not a good way to end conflicts between countries. Wars bring death and destruction. A great number of soldiers are killed or crippled. Even the civilians suffer. Wives become widows. Children are orphaned. Property worth lakhs of rupees is destroyed. In short, wars are monsters that eat up everything that is valuable. In the words of Martin Luther: War is the greatest plague that can afflict humanity; it destroys religion, it destroys states, it destroys families.
  1. What kinds of presents do you like and why? What are the things you keep in mind when you buy presents for others? Discuss with your partner.(For example, you might buy a book because it can be read and re-read over a period of time.)Answer. I like presents which are useful and helpful. It may be a book because it can be read and re-read over a period of time. A dictionary proves helpful in the study of a language. In fact, when I buy presents for others, I keep in mind their age and profession. I also keep in mind their likes and dislikes.

Simplified Notes For The Best Christmas Present In The World KSEEB Class 8 

The Best Christmas Present in the World Writing

  1. Imagine that you are Jim. You have returned to your town after the war. In your diary record how you feel about the changes you see and the events that occur in your town. You could begin like this 25th December.
    It’s Christmas today, but the town look………..

    Answer.
    25th December 1919
    It’s Christmas today, but the town looks somewhat different. Our country had been fighting against Germany. Now the war is over and we have come back home. My wife is overjoyed to get the most valuable Christmas gift in me. But our country has lost many brave soldiers. Many of them belonged to our town. Yet the people of my town are not distressed. They consider the killed soldier’s martyrs. They are celebrating Christmas in their memory. But it lacks its usual zeal and zest.Jim

or

Suppose you are the visitor. You are in a dilemma. You don’t know whether to disclose your identity and disappoint the old lady or let her believe that her dear Jim has come back. Write a letter to a friend highlighting your anxiety, fears, and feelings.

Bridport
26th December 20XX
Dear friend
I am in a huge dilemma. I have come through a strange incident. I bought an old desk from a junk shop. It was in bad condition. In a secret drawer of the desk, I found a letter. It was addressed to one Mrs. Macpherson. I noted the address and reached there but the house had burned to ashes. The lady had left the place. One of her neighbors told me that she was in a nursing home. He also told me the address of the nursing home. I reached there with the letter in my pocket. The lady was 101 years old. She had lost her power of recognition. Her husband, Jim had not returned from the war. She had become old while waiting for his return. When I gave her the letter as a Christmas gift, her face brightened and tears of happiness rolled down her eyes. In fact, she mistook me for Jim. I did not want to disappoint her so I kept mum. She still believes that I am her Jim.
Dear friend, I have some fears and concerns regarding the situation. Should I disclose my identity or not? Please guide me.
Do write to me soon.
Your friend
Michael

  1. Given below is the outline of a story. Construct the story using the outline.

English-chapter-1

Story

A young, newly married doctor came into contact with a renowned freedom fighter and got involved in the Indian freedom struggle. He was exiled to the Andaman and Nicobar Islands by the British. He was imprisoned in the infamous Cellular Jail. The prisoners were tortured there. Some of his inmates revolted. The doctor supported the revolters. For this the doctor was hanged till death. His wife waited for his return. But he never came back. She became old and weak. But she did not lose hope and faith. She continued to wait for him. She hoped that their happy days would return soon.

The Best Christmas Present in the World Extract-Based Questions

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow

I. spotted it in a junk shop in Bridport, a roll-top desk. The man said it was an early nineteenth-century and oak. I had wanted one, but they were far too expensive. This one was in a bad condition, the roll-top in several pieces, one leg clumsily mended, and scorch marks all down one side. It was going for very little money. I thought I could restore it. It would be a risk, a challenge, but I had to have it. I paid the man and brought it back to my workroom at the back of the garage. I began work on it on Christmas Eve.

  1. Who is ‘l’ in the given passage?
  2.  What did the author see in a junk shop?
  3. In what condition was it (the roll-top desk)?
  4. Where was the junk shop situated?
  5. Where was the author’s workroom located?

Answer.

  1.  ‘I’ in the given passage is the author.
  2.  The author saw a roll-top desk in a junk shop.
  3. The roll-top desk was in a bad condition.
  4. The junk shop was situated in Bridport.
  5.  The author’s workroom was located at the back of the garage.

2. Inside the box, there was an envelope. The address read: “Mrs. Jim Macpherson, 12 Copper Beeches, Bridport Dorset.” I took out the letter and unfolded it. It was written in pencil and dated at the top “December 26, 1914”.

  1.  What was there inside the box?
  2.  Who was it (the envelope) addressed to?
  3. What did the author do with the letter?
  4. How was the letter written?
  5. When was the latter written?

Answer.

  1. There was an envelope inside the box.
  2. It was addressed to one Mrs. Jim Macpherson.
  3.  The author took out the letter and unfolded it.
  4. The letter was written in pencil.
  5. The letter was written on December 26, 1914

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Chapter 1 The Best Christmas Present in the World

3. First, someone saw a white flag waving from the trenches opposite. Then they were calling out to us from across no man’s land, “Happy Christmas, Tommy! Happy Christmas!” When we got over the surprise, some of us shouted back, “Same to you, Fritz! Same to you!” I thought that would be that. We all did. But then suddenly one of them was up there in his grey greatcoat and waving a white flag. “Don’t shoot, lads!” someone shouted. And no one did. Then there was another Fritz up on the parapet, and another. “Keep your heads down,” I told the men, “it is a trick.” But it wasn’t.

  1. What did someone see from the trenches opposite?
  2.  Who was calling out and to whom?
  3.  Which greetings were exchanged?
  4.  What do Tommy and Fritz stand for?
  5.  Who told his men to keep their heads down?

Answer.

  1.  Someone saw a white flag waving from the trenches opposite.
  2.  German soldiers were calling out to English soldiers.
  3.  The Christmas greetings were exchanged.
  4.  Tommy stands for a British soldier while Fritz stands for a German soldier.
  5.  The British officer told his men to keep their heads down.

4. “Ah, Dorset,” he smiled, “I know this place. I know it very well.” We shared my rum ration and his excellent sausage. And we talked, Connie, how we talked. He spoke almost perfect English. But it turned out that he had never set foot in Dorset, never even been to England. He had learned all he knew of England from school, and from reading books in English. His favorite writer was Thomas Hardy, his favorite book was Far from the Madding Crowd.

  1.  Who does ‘he’ refer to in the opening line?
  2.  What did Jim and Hans share?
  3.  Had Hans ever been to Dorset?
  4. How did Hans know about Dorset?
  5.  Name the favorite writer and favorite book of Hans.

Answer.

  1.  ‘He’ is the opening line that refers to the German officer, Hans Wolf.
  2. They shared rum and sausages.
  3.  No, Hans had never been to Dorset.
  4.  Hans had learned all he knew of England from school and from reading English books.
  5.  Thomas Hardy was their favorite writer of Hans. His favorite book was ‘Far from the Madding Crowd’.

5. That night, back in our dugouts, we heard them singing a carol, and singing it quite beautifully. It was Stille Nacht, Silent Night. Our boys gave them a rousing chorus of While Shepherds Watched. We exchanged carols for a while and then we all fell silent. We had our time of peace and goodwill, a time I will treasure as long as I live.

  1. Who does the word ‘them’ in the opening line refer to?
  2.  What were they singing?
  3.  How were they singing the carol?
  4. What was the carol about?
  5.  What was special about the time they had?

Answer.

  1. The word ‘them’ in the opening line refers to the German soldiers.
  2.  They (German soldiers) were singing a carol.
  3. They were singing it beautifully.
  4.  The carol was ‘Stille Nacht’, Silent Night.
  5. It was a time of peace and goodwill.

The Best Christmas Present in the World  Additional Questions

Very Short Answer Type Questions

  1. What was written on the letter that the author found on the old desk?Answer. The line “Jim’s last letter, received January 25, 1915. To be buried with me when the time comes.” was written on that letter.
  1. Did the author believe the Germans at once when they wished them merry Christmas?Answer. No, he didn’t believe them at once.
  1. How did Hans and Jim feel when the match ended and they both went their way?Answer. They felt sad and disappointed.
  1. How did the matron at the nursing home receive the author?Answer. The matron welcomed the author in a cheerful manner.

Class 8 English KSEEB Chapter 1 The Best Christmas Present in the World Summary 

The Best Christmas Present in the World  Short Answer Type Questions

  1. Why did the author buy the roll-top desk which was in a bad condition?Answer. The author needed a roll-top desk made of oak. But they were very expensive. The price of the desk he saw in a junk shop was very low. So he bought it thinking that he could restore it.
  1. How old was the desk the author bought? How can you say that it was in a very bad condition?Answer. According to the junk dealer, the desk was the early nineteenth century. Its top was in several pieces. One of its legs was badly mended. On its one side, there were scorch marks. It is thus, clear that the desk was in a very bad condition.
  1. What made the Christmas party, as mentioned in the letter unforgettable for Jim?Answer. Jim (an English soldier) and Hans (a German soldier) talked just about everything. They shared their food and drink and it was the best Christmas they had ever celebrated.
  1. How did old Connie express her love for her husband when she mistook the author for Jim?Answer. Connie’s eyes got filled with tears of joy when the author showed her the letter. She kissed his cheek and told him that she always loved to hear his voice. She asked him to read his last letter to her himself so that she could hear his voice again.

The Best Christmas Present in the World  Long Answer Type Questions

  1. How did the house where Connie lived caught fire? How was she saved?Answer. Nothing can surely be said about how Connie’s house caught fire. No one really knew about The old lady (Connie) used candles instead of electricity because she thought that electricity was too expensive. So it might be the candlelight that caused the fire.
    Connie at that time was a hundred and one years old. She was unable to move out of the burning house. It was a fireman who acted quickly and got her out of the burning building just in time.
  1. Describe the football match played between the English and the German soldiers on the Christmas day during the war. What was its significance?

    Answer. Soldiers from the opposing armies met each other on no man’s land one Christmas morning and started playing a football match. Jim Macpherson and Hans Wolf looked on and cheered. They clapped their hands and stamped their feet to keep out the cold. A moment came when their breaths became one. In the end, the Germans won the match by two goals to one. Still, Hans Wolf generously said that the goal scored by the English was wider than that by the Germans.The match was significant in the sense that it gave the noble idea of resolving disputes between nations through games instead of wars. Also, two opposing armies put aside their differences to make merry and play a game on Christmas Eve.

The Ant and the Cricket Poem

Summary In English

Once there was a foolish young cricket who was always singing and merry-making. He spent the happy days of summer and spring singing. He saved nothing for rainy days.
The winter set in. The ground and trees got covered with snow. The cricket had nothing to eat. He began to starve. He was sure that he would die without food. So, he went to an ant. He requested him to lend him a mouthful of grain. He promised the ant to return the grain the next day. The wise but miserly told him that the ants neither borrow nor lend.
Then the ant asked him if he had stored anything for the winter. The cricket replied that the weather was very fine during summer so he sang day and night. On listening to these words, the ant said to him, “Go then and dance the winter away.” Saying this, he hastily opened the door and turned the idle cricket out of his house.
The moral of the fable is: If you live without work, you must live without food.

Summary In Hindi

एक बार एक मूर्ख झींगुर था । वह सदा गाता और नाचता रहता था। उसने गर्मी और बसन्त के सुहावने दिन गाने में गुज़ार दिए। उसने कठिन दिनों के लिये कुछ बचा कर नहीं रखा। सर्दियां आ गईं। ज़मीन और वृक्ष बर्फ से ढक गए। झींगुर के पास खाने को कुछ न था । वह भूखा मरने लगा। उसे विश्वास था कि भोजन के बिना वह भूख से मर जाएगा। अतः वह एक चींटी के पास गया। उसने उसे मुट्ठी भर अनाज उधार देने की प्रार्थना की। उसने वचन दिया कि वह अनाज अगले दिन वापिस कर देगा। बुद्धिमान चींटी ने उसे बताया कि चींटियां न उधार लेती हैं न देती हैं।
फिर चींटी ने उस से पूछा कि क्या उसने सर्दियों के लिए कुछ बचा रखा है। झींगुर ने उत्तर दिया कि मौसम बड़ा सुहावना था। इसलिए वह दिन-रात गाता रहा। यह सुनकर चींटी ने उससे कहा, “जाओ और सर्दियां नाच कर गुजारो।” यह कहते हुए उसने झट द्वार खोला और निकम्मे झींगुर को घर से बाहर निकाल दिया। इस लोक कथा का सार है: यदि तुम काम के बिना रह सकते हो तो तुम्हें खाने के बिना भी रहना चाहिए।

KSEEB Class 8 English Reader Solutions For The Best Christmas Present In The World 

The Ant and the Cricket

Hindi translation Of The Lesson (With word Meanings)

A silly young cricket, accustomed to singing Through the warm, sunny months of gay summer and spring,
Began to complain when he found that, at home, His cupboard was empty, and winter was coming.

एक मूर्ख झींगुर जो ग्रीष्म और बसंत के गर्म, धूप खिले दिन गाकर गुजारने का आदी था, शिकायत करने लगा जब उसने पाया की सर्दी आ गई है और घर पर उसकी अलमारी में खाने का दाना भी नहीं है

Word Meanings

gay- bright and pleasant, आनंद भरे                                   

2.  Not a crumb to be found On the snow-covered ground; Not a flower could he see, Not a leaf on a tree. Oh! what will become.” says the cricket, “of me?”

बर्फ से ढकी धरती में (सर्दी के कारण) खाने को अनाज़ का एक दाना भी नहीं देता था। न तो उसे कोई फल दिखाई देता था, न ही उसे किसी वृक्ष पर कोई पत्ता दिखाई देता था। झींगुर ने कहा, “ओह! मेरा क्या होगा।”

Word Meanings

  • crumba- bit of grain, अनाज का दाना

become of me- happen to me, उसका क्या होगा
                  

3. At last by starvation and famine made boldly, All dripping with wetness, and all trembling with cold, Away he set off to a miserly ant, To see if, to keep him alive, he would grant. Him shelter from rain, And a mouthful of grain.

अंत में भुखमरी तथा अकाल से तंग आकर उसने साहस जुटाया और वर्षा में भीगते हुए तथा ठंड से काँपते हुए वह एक कंजूस चींटी से मिलने चल दिया। वह जानना चाहता था कि क्या वह उसे जीवित रखने के लिए वर्षों से उसका बचाव करेगी और उसे मुट्ठी भर अनाज दे देगी।

Word Meanings

  • famine-scarcity of food, अकाल
  • trembling – shivering, काँपते हुए
  • mouthful – a little, थोड़ा-सा
  • shelter protection or shield, आश्रय देना, बचाव करना
  • made bold -gathered courage, साहस जुटाया

starvation – a stage in which one is dying of hunger, भुखमरी miserly – selfish, stingy, कंजूस dripping with wet being all wet in rain, वर्षा में भीगते हुए

4. He wished only to borrow; He’d repay it tomorrow; If not, he must die of starvation and sorrow.

वह केवल उधार लेना चाहता था और सोचता था कि अगले ही दिन वह उसे (अनाज) लौटा देगा। यदि यह उसे न मिला तो वह भूख और दुःख से मर जाएगा।

Word Meanings

borrow to take as a loan, उधार लेना

repay to give back, लौटाना

5. Says the ant to the cricket. “I’m your servant and friend. But we ants never borrow, we ants lend. But tell me, dear cricket, did you lay nothing by When the weather was warm?” Quoth the cricket, “Not !!”

चींटे ने कहा, “मैं तुम्हारा सेवक एवं मित्र हूँ। परंतु हम चींटे न तो कभी उधार लेते हैं न कभी उधार देते हैं। प्रिय झींगुर, पर मुझे यह तो बताओ कि जब गर्मी का मौसम था, तब तुमने कुछ भी नहीं बचा रखा ?” झींगुर ने कहा, मैंने कुछ नहीं बचाया।’

Word Meanings

quoth said, कहा

6. My heart was so light That I sang day and night, For all nature looked gay.” “You sang, Sir, you say ? Go then,” says the ant, “and dance the winter away.”

झींगुर ने कहा, “मेरा मन इतना प्रसन्न था कि मैं प्रकृति की प्रत्येक चीज़ को खुश देखकर दिन-रात गाता ही रहा। इस पर चींटी ने कहा, ‘अच्छा श्रीमान्, तुम कहते हो कि तुम गाते रहे। तो जाओ और सर्दियाँ नाच नाच कर बिता दो।”

Word Meanings

light- glad, प्रसन्न

dance away to spend dancing, नाच-नाच कर बिताना।

7. Thus ending, he hastily lifted the wicket, And out of the door turned the poor little cricket. Folks call this a fable. I’ll warrant it true: Some crickets have four legs, and some have two.

इस प्रकार अपनी बात को खत्म करते ही चींटी ने जल्दी से दरवाजा खोला और छोटे से दुःखी (बेचारे) झींगुर को घर से बाहर निकाल दिया। लांग इसे तर्कहीन लोककथा कहते हैं, परंतु मैं दावे से कहता हूँ कि यह सच्ची है। कुछ झींगुर के चार पैर होते हैं तो कुछ के दो।

Word Meanings

  • hastily in a hurry, जल्दी से
  • folks common people, साधारण लोग
  • turned out threw out बाहर निकाल दिया
  • warrant to claim, दावे से कहन

The Ant and the Cricket Textbook Exercises (Solved)

Working With the Poem

  1. The cricket says, “Oh! what will become of me?” When does he say it, and why?Answer. The cricket says this when winter sets in. He says so because he has saved nothing for winter. His cupboard is empty and he has nothing to eat. He is sure to die of starvation.
  1.  Find in the poem the lines that mean the same as “Neither a borrower nor a lender be”. (Shakespeare).Answer  The ant’s principle has a strong logic. It is based on the fact that borrowing and lending are the scissors of love and friendship.
  1. The ant tells the cricket to “dance the winter away”. Do you think the word ‘dance’ is appropriate here? If so, why?Answer. The word ‘dance’ here is very much appropriate. It is used as a satire on the idleness of cricket.

The Best Christmas Present In The World Class 8 KSEEB Questions And Answers 

The Ant And The Cricket Extract-Based Questions

Read the stanzas given below and answer the questions that follow.

1. A silly young cricket, accustomed to singing Through the warm, sunny months of gay summer and spring, Began to complain when he found that, at home, His cupboard was empty, and winter came.

(1) How did the cricket spend his summer and spring?

Answer. The cricket spent his summer and spring singing.

(2) What did the cricket begin to complain about when the winter came?

Answer. The cricket began to complain about his empty cupboard when the winter came.

(3) What does ’empty cupboard’ mean?

Answer. An empty cupboard means that the cricket did not have any food for the winter.

2. At last by starvation and famine made boldly, All dripping with wet, and all trembling with cold, Away he set off to a miserly ant, To see if, to keep him alive, he would grant. He sheltered from the rain And a mouthful of grain.

(1) What emboldened the cricket?

Answer. The cricket was emboldened by the lack of food during winter.

(2) What did the cricket expect from the ant?

Answer. The cricket expected that the ant would provide him shelter from rain and give him some food to eat.

(3) The cricket knew that the ant was a miser, then why did he go to the ant?

Answer. The cricket was starving because of lack of food and his only hope was the miserly ant. He knew that the ant must have stored food for the winter. That is why he went to the ant.

3. The Ant and the Cricket My heart was so light That I sang day and night, For all nature looked gay.” “You sang, Sir, you say? Go then,” says the ant, “and dance the winter away.”


(1) What did the cricket say when he was asked about his activities in summer?

Answer. The cricket said that he spend his summer singing from dusk to dawn.

(2) Why did the cricket spend all his summer days singing?

Answer. The cricket thought that nature looked gay and there was plenty to eat. He was careless by nature so he did not think about the future. and spent all his time singing.

(3) What did the ant say to the cricket on hearing his excuse?

Answer. The ant asked the cricket to spend his winter in the same manner he had spent his summer, that is, by singing day and night.

The Ant and the Cricket  Additional Questions

Very Short Answer Type Questions

  1. What was the cricket accustomed to?Answer. The cricket was accustomed to singing
  1. What did the cricket find when the winter came?Answer. The cricket found that his cupboards were empty and he had no food for winter.
  1. What did the cricket wish for the ant?Answer. The cricket wished that the ant would lend him some food which he would return the next day.
  1. How did the ant react to the cricket’s request?Answer. The ant turned the cricket away with advice to spend his winter dancing.

The Ant and the Cricket  Short Answer Type Questions

  1. What is a fable? Discuss the poem ‘The Ant and the Cricket’ as a fable.Answer. A fable is usually an animal story that contains a moral. This poem is also a story of two animals the ant and the cricket. This story conveys a beautiful moral too, that is, if you do not think about the future, you will suffer. The animals are shown to behave like human beings.
  1. The ant treated the cricket in two different ways. Why and how?Answer. In the beginning, the ant was very humble to the cricket, because he was a host. He said that he was his servant and friend. But when he came to know that the cricket was an idler and had come to borrow some grain, he turned him out of the door.

The Ant and the Cricket Long Answer Type Questions

“Though ant is smaller than cricket, he is wiser than him.” Give example(s) to prove this statement.
Answer.

  1.  The ant is a hard-working insect, while the cricket is an idler and careless insect.
  2. The ant knows the value of small savings. But the cricket is a borrower. He lays by nothing for a rainy day.
  3. The ants have principles but the cricket doesn’t follow any.

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Chapter 5 The Summit Within

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Chapter 5 The Summit Within Summary In English

Major H.P.S. Ahluwalia was a member of the first successful Indian expedition to Mount Everest in 1965. j Everest is the highest mountain peak in the world. Ahluwalia tells us about his experience and feelings: while he stood at the summit of Mount Everest.

While he stood on the summit of Everest, he felt very glad. But his joy was tinged with sadness. He did i not know the reason behind his sadness. He thought that it might be due to the reason that there was  no other summit higher than the summit of Everest to conquer.

JAhluwalia says that climbing the highest mountain peak is worthwhile. The surrounding peaks look like a  jewelled necklace around the neck of the summit. Below the summit one could see vast valleys sloping into the distance. Thus, looking down from the summit of a mountain is an enriching experience.

On climbing, the mountaineers bow down to make their obeisance to God. Many people leave symbols and tokens at the summit to pay their obeisance to God. Some of the symbols left at the summit are: a picture of Goddess Durga left by Rawat, a picture of Guru Nank by the writer, a relic of Buddha left by ; Phu Dorji, a cross left by Edmund Hillary, etc.

According to the writer, each man has a summit within his mind. It is fearful and almost unscalable as it has to be climbed by us only. The effects of both the climbs are the same. They change us. By climbing the summit of one’s mind one can get a better understanding of one’s abilities and the world around oneself,

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Chapter 5 The Summit Within

The Summit Within Summary In Hindi

मेजर H.P.S. Ahluwalia 1965 में माऊँट ऐवरेस्ट पर विजय पाने वाले सफल अभिमान दल के सदस्य थे। एवरेस्ट संसार की

सबसे ऊंची पर्वत चोटी है। वहीं से आहलुवालिया हमें अपने अनुभव तथा भावनाओं के बारे में बताते है। ऐवरेस्ट पर खड़े होकर वह बहुत ही प्रसन्न थे। परंतु उनके मन में उदासी का अंश भी था। उन्हें उस उदासी का कारण मालूम नहीं था। उनका विचार था कि यह उदासी इस कारण हो सकती है कि अब संसार में उससे अधिक ऊंची कोई चोटी नहीं थी जिस पर विजय पाई जा सके। आहुलवालिया कहते हैं कि पर्वतों पर चढ़ने के लिए आदमी में तीन शारीरिक गुणों की जरूरत होती है सहनशक्ति, दृढ़ता तथा इच्छा शक्ति इन तीन गुणों का प्रदर्शन आदमी को बहुत अधिक खुशी देता है। इसी कारण उसे पर्वतों पर चढ़ने में बहुत अधिक प्रसन्नता मिलती है। आहलुवालिया के अनुसार आदमी के ये गुण सभी कठिनाइयों पर काबू पाने में उसकी सहायता करते हैं। और कठिनाइयों पर काबू पा लेने से सदैव प्रसन्नता प्राप्त होती है।

भाहतुवालिया कहते हैं कि सबसे ऊंची पर्वत चोटी का अपना ही महत्व होता है। आस-पड़ोस की चोरिया उस चोरी के दौरों जति गले के हार के समान दिखाई देती है। नीचे के रूप में दूर जाती दिखाई देती है। इस प्रकार किसी की चोटी नीचे की और नजर दौड़ाना बहुत ही समृद्ध अनुमन होता है। हम भगवान के प्रति अपना सम्मान दर्शाने के लिए अपना घिर झुका लेते हैं। इसलिए बहुत से लोग मोस्ट सम्मान के धार्मिक प्रतीक छोड़ आए।

ये प्रतीक में रावत द्वारा छोड़ी गई माँ दुर्गा की मूर्ति, फू रोजी द्वारा छोड़ा गया बुद्धा का एडमंड हिलेरी द्वारा छोड़ा गया एक काम तथा लेखक द्वारा छोड़ा गया एक गुरु नानकजी का फोटो सोखक के अनुसार प्रत्येक आदमी के मन में एक चोटी होती है। यह बहुत ही डरावनी होती है और उस पर विजय पाना बहुत ही मुश्किल होता है। इस पर केवल ही विश्वनी होती है। दोनों ही चमका प्रभाव एक जैसा ही होता है। ने हमें बदल देते है। अपने मन की चोटी पर विजय पाने से अपनी योग्यताओं तथा अपने इर्द-गिर्द भी अच्छे से है। को और

Class 8 English KSEEB Chapter 5 The Summit Within summary 

The Summit Within Hindi Translation Of the Lesson (With Word Meanings)

Major HPS Ahluwalia was a member of the first successful Indian expedition to Mount Everest in 1965. How did he feel when he stood on the hightest point in the world? Let us hear his story in his words-climbing the summit and then the more difficult task of climbing the summit within

मेजर एच. पी. एस. आहलुवालिया 1965 में एवरेस्ट पर विजय पाने वाले पहले सकल भारतीय अभियान दल के सदस्य थे। जब वह विश्व के सबसे ऊंचे शिखर पर खड़े थे जो उन्होंने जैसा अनुभव किया? भो उनकी कहानी उन्हीं के शब्दों में सुने पर्वत शिखर पर चढ़ाई और फिर अपने अन्दर के शिखर पर चढ़ाई का कठिन कार्य

  1. Of all the emotions which surged through me as I stood on the summit of Everest, looking over miles of panorama below us, the dominant one I think was humility. The physical in me seemed to say, Thank God, It’s all over How ever, instead of being jubilant, there was a tinge of sadhess. Was it becuase I had already done the ultimate in climbing and there would be nothing higher to climb and all roads hereafter would lead down? By climbing the summit of Everest you are overwhelmed by a deep sense of joy and thankfulness. It is a joy which lasts a lifetime The experience changes you completely. The man who has been to the mountains is never the same againऐक्रेस्ट को चोटी पर खड़े होकर जब मैं नीचे मीलों तकफैले हुए विशाल दृश्य को देख रहा था में अचानक जोर से उठने वाली सीमाओं में प्रमुख पाना मिता की भी मेरे अंदर की नकल को भी को धन्यवाद यात्रा पूरी हो गई है।” फिर भी के कारण अति प्रसन्न होने की बनाम मा में उसी की मावा भी थी। क्या यह इस कारण थी क्योंकि मैने सब से ऊंची चढ़ाई करती थी और इस ऊँची चदाई चाने के लिए कोई अन्य पर्वत चोटी नहीं होगी और इसके पश्चात् सभी मार्ग नीचे की ओर हो जाएंगे? ऐवरेस्ट की चोटी पर पहुंचने से आपके मन में हर्ष और कृतलता करने की भावना जाग उड़ती है यह खुशी आजीवन बनी रहने वाली होती है। यह अनुमत आपको पूर्ण रूप से बदल देता है तो व्यक्ति पर्वतों पर ही आया है तो वह कभी भी नहीं रह सकता

Word Meanings

  • expedition journey with purpose.
  • साहसिक यात्रा
  • surged – arose suddenly and intensely,
  • अचानक जोर से उठी
  • panorama view of wide area, काफी नही का
  1. As look back at life after cimbing Everest Cen not help remarking about the other summit of the summit of the mind -no less formidable and no easier to climb. Even when getting down from the summit once the physical exhaustion had gone | began asking myself the question why I had climbed Everest. Why did the act of reaching the summit have such a hold on my imagination! It was already a thing of the past, something done yesterday. With every passing day, it would become more remote. And then what would remain? Would my memories face slowly away?एवरेस्ट विजय के बाद जब अपने जीवन पर पीछे दृष्टि डालता हूं तो मैं एक अन्य शिक्षा का उल्लेख किए बि नहीं रह का शिखर-जिस पर विजय पता पर्वतरोहण से कम कठिन नहीं है। पर्वत शिखर से नीचे उतरते समय एक बार जब शारीरिक कान उत्तर गई तो मैं स्वयं से यह प्रश्न पूछने लगा कि पना पर पकड़ क्यों बना ली है। यह तो एक भीती बात बन चुकी थी, जैसे बीते कल की बात हो वाले प्रत्येक दिन हम यह बात और पुरानी होती जाएगी और तब क्या बगा? मेरी भी धीरे-धीरे धुंधली होती जाएंगी।

Word Meanings

  • formidable difficult to overcome मुश्किल
  • से काबू में (आने वाला)
  • remote-for दूर
  1. All these thoughts led me to question myself as to why people climb mountains. It is not easy to an diver the question The simplest answer would be as others have said, “Because it is there” it presents great difficulties. Man takes delight in overcoming obstacles. The obstacles in climbing a mountain are physical A climb to a summit means endurance persistence and will power. The demonstration of these physical qualities is no doubt exhilarating, as it was for me also.

    I have a more personal answer to the question. From my childhood I have been attracted by mountains. I had been miserable, lost, when every from mountains, in the plains, Mountains are nature at its best. Their beauty and majesty pose great challenge, and like many, I believe that mountains are a means of communion with God.

    इन सभी विचारों के कारण में स्वयं से वह प्रश्न पूछने लगा कि लोग पर्वतों पर क्यों चाहते है? इस प्रश्न का उत्तर करना सरल नहीं है। इसका सबसे आसान उत्तर होगा, जैसा कि अन्य लोगों ने कहा है, “क्योंकि ऐसा होता है।” इसमें कई कठिनाइयाँ पेश आती है। मनुष्य को बाधाओं पर काबू पाने में आनंद मिलता है। हमें पेश आने

    काली बाधाएं शारीरिक होती है। शिखर पर आरोहण का अर्थ है सहन शक्ति, ता और इच्छा शक्ति इन शारीरिक गुणों का प्रदर्शन निदेह बहुत ही आनंदकारक होता और मेरे लिए भी ऐसा ही था। इस प्रश्न का मेरे पास मेरा अपना ऊपर है। बचपन से ही मेरा पर्वों के प्रति आकर्षण रहा है। पर्वतों से दूर मैदानों में जाने पर मैं दुःखी तथा उदास हो जाता था। पर्वत प्रकृति का सबसे सुंदर रूप है। उनका सौंदर्य और भव्यता एक बड़ी चुनौती प्रस्तुत करते हैं और अन्य कई की परवान् से निकट संबंध बनाने का है।

KSEEB Class 8 English Reader Solutions For The Summit Within 

Word Meanings

  • obstacles hindrances बाधाएँ
  • demonstration to show, प्रदर्शन करना
  • communion state or feeling of close
  • relationship, सम्बन्ध पि
  • endurance power to bear hardship पहनशीलता
  1. Once having granted this, the question remains Why Everest? Because it is the highest, the mightiest and has defied many previous attempts. It takes the last ounce of one’s energy. It is a brutal struggle with rock and ice. Once taken up, it cannot be given up halfway even when one’s life is at stake. The passage back is as difficult as the passage onwards. And then, when the summit is climbed, there is the exhilaration, the joy of having done something the sense of a battle fought and won. There is a feeling of victory and of happiness.Glimpsing a peak in the distance, I get transported to anotherworld! experience a change within myself which can only be called mystical By its beauty, aloofhess, might, ruggedhess, and the difficulties encountered on the way, the peak dravices me to it-as Everest did. It is a challenge that is difficult to resist.एक बार यह स्वीकार कर लेने के बाद यह प्रश्न बना रहता है। एक्स्ट विजय ही क्यों? क्योंकि यह सम से ऊंचा और सबसे विशाल है और यह पिछले कई प्रयायों को कर चुका है इसे पर पहुंचने में व्यक्ति की ऊर्जा का अंतिम कण भी छिन जाता है। यह चट्टानों ओर बर्फ के साथ पश्विक संघर्ष है। जब एक बार आरंभ कर दी वाए, तो इसे आधे रास्ते में छोड़ा नहीं जा सकता चाहे व्यक्ति का जीवन ही दाँव पर क्यों लगा हो। ऊपर जाने का मार्ग जितना कठिन होता है उतना ही कठिन [उने का होता है। और फिर शिखर पर विजय पा लेने के बाद अत्यधिक हो उठता है कि हम ने कोई बड़ा काम किया है। इस बात की अनुभूति होती है कि हमने लड़ाई लड़ी और जीती में और की दूर स्थित किसी पर्वत को देखता हूँ मैं दूसरे लोक में पहुंच जाता हूँ मैं अपने अन्दर जो परिवर्तन महसूस करता हूँ उसे आध्यात्मिक कहा जा सकता है। अपने सौंदर्य अलगान महान आकार, ऊबड़-खद भरातल तथा मार्ग की कठिनाइयों के कारण पर्वत की चोटी मुझे आकर्षित करती है जैसा कि एवरेस्ट से किया। यह एक चुनौती है जिसे अस्वीकार करना कठिन है।

Word Meanings

  • brutal- cruel, पश्चिक
  1. Looking back I find that question why you breathe have not yet fully explained why I climbed Everest it is like answering a Why do you help your neighbour? Why do you want to do good acts) There is no final answer possible. And then there is the fact that Everest is not just a physical climb. The man who has been to the mountain-top becomes conscious in a special manner of his own smallness in this large universe. The physical conquest of a mountain is only one part of the achievement. There is more to it than that. It is followed by a sense of fulfilment. There is the satisfaction of a deep urge to rise above one’s surroundings. It is the eternal love for adventure in man. The experience is not merely physical it is emotional it is spiritualपीछे मुड़ कर देखने पर उता हूँ कि एक ऐसी प्रश्न का उत्तर देने के समान है कि है? आप अच्छे कार्य अभी तक यह तो बता ही नहीं कि मैंने एवरेस्ट की चढ़ाई क्यों की यह आप क्यों लेते है। आप अपने पड़ोसी की सहायता क्यों करते करना चाहते हैं? इसका कोई निश्चित उत्तर में पाना सम्भव नहीं और फिर यह तब मी तो है कि ऐवरेस्ट की चढ़ाई मात्र शारीरिक चवाई नहीं है जो व्यक्ति पर्वत शिखर से हो आमा है उसका जीवन कमी पहले जैसा नहीं रहता। उसे पर्वत से बहुत कुछ प्राप्त होता है। वह इस विशाल संसार में अपने छोटेपन के प्रति विशेष रूप से समेत हो जाता है। पर्वत पर भौतिक विजय प्राप्त करना उपलब्धि का केवल एक अंश है। इसका महत्व इस से कहीं अधिक है। इस विजय के बाद पूर्णता की भावना जानती है। अपने आस के वातावरण से ऊपर उठने की तीन प्रकृति का संतोष मिलता है। यह मनुष्य के साहसिक कार्यों के प्रति प्रेम का सूचक है। अनुभवमा भौतिक ही नहीं है, यह नात्यक है। यह आध्यात्मिक है।

Word Meanings

  • conscious aware
  • eternal-everlasting अनंत
  • spiritual – relating to soul is distinguished
  • from physical
    6. Consider a typical climb towards the summit on the last heights. You are sharing a rope with another cimbee. You form in. He cuts the steps in the hand ice Then he belays and you inch your way up in The climb is grim. You strain every nerve as you take every step. Famous climbers have left records of the help given by others. They have also recorded how they needed just that help is they might have given up. Breathing is difficult. You curse yourself for having let yourself in for this. You wonder why

    you ever undertook the ascent. There are moments when you feel like going back. It would be sheer relief to go down, instead of up. But almost at once you shap out of that mood. There is something in you that does not let you give up the struggle. And you go on. Your companion keeps up with you just another fifty feet. Ora hundreci may be You ask yourself is there no end? You look at your companion and he looks at you. You draw inspiration from each other. And then, without first being aware of it, you are at the summit

    शिखर की और अंतिम चरण की विशेष की कल्पना करें। आप किसी अन्य आरोही के साथ रस्सी पकड़े हुए है। आप वहां मजबूती से खड़े हो जाते हैं। आपका साथी आरोही कठोर बर्फ में सौदियां करता है। फिर की मांधता है और आप धीरे-धीरे ऊपर की ओर बढ़ते हैं। चदाई बड़ी कठिन है। हर कदम उठाने के लिए आप पूरी शामित लगाते हैं। जाने-माने पर्वतारोहियों ने दूसरे लोगों द्वारा दी गई सहायता कारणछोड़ा है। उन्होंने पह भी लिखा है कि किस तरह उन्हें सहायताही आता उन्होंने प्रयास छोड़ दिया होता सांस लेने में कठिनाई होती है। आप अपने आप को कोसते है कि आप ने यह संकट क्यों मोल लिया। आपको हैरानी होती है। कि आप ने पर्वत पर चढ़ाई आरंभ ही क्यों की ऐसे भी क्षण आते हैं। जब आप सीट जाने की इच्छा करने लगते है। आप सोचते हैं कि ऊपर चढ़ने को बनाये नीचे उतरना बड़ी राहत देगा।

    परंतु शीघ्र ही आप इस मनोस्थिति से बाहर निकल जाती है। आप के अंदर कोई ऐसी शक्ति है जो आपको संघर्ष छोड़ने नहीं देती और आप आगे बढ़ जाते हैं। आपका साथी आपका साथ देता है। मात्र 50 फुट की चढ़ाई ही बाकी है या फिर 100 फुट भी हो सकती है। आप अपने आप से कहते हैं क्या इस चढ़ाई का कोई अंत नहीं? आप अपने साथी की ओर देखते हैं और यह आपकी ओर देखता है। आपको एक दूसरे से प्ररंगा मिलती है और बनवाने में ही आप आपने को शिखर पर पाते हैं।

The Summit Within Class 8 KSEEB Questions And Answers 

Word Meanings

  • firm in main yourself from अपने आपको
  • पक्का करना
  • ascent climb (पहाड़ पर चढ़ा
  • belay fix a rope, रस्सी को बांधना
  1. Looking around from the summit you tell yourself that it was worthwhile. Other silvery peaks appear through the clouds. If you are lucky the sun may be on them. The surrounding peaks look like a jewelled necklace around the neck of your summit. Below, you see vast valleys sloping into the distance. It is an enmobing enriching experience to just look down from the summit of a mountain You bow down and make your obeisance to whichever God you worship.left on Everest a picture of Guru Nanaik Ravat left a picture of Goddess Durga Phu Dorji left areic of the Buddha. Edmund Hillary had buried a cross under a caim (a heap of rocks and stones) in the snow. These are not symbols of conquest but of reverence The experience of having climbed to the summit changes you completely,शिखर (चोटी) से चारों ओर देखते हुए आप स्वयं से कहते हैं कि यही करना ठीक था बदलों में से चांदी की तह चपकती अन्य चोटियां दिखाई देती है। यदि आप उन पर धूप पड़ रही होती है। चारों ओर की चोटियां ऐसी लगती हैं मानो आपके शिखर के गले में हीरों जड़ा हार हो गोलो दूर-दूर तक फैली इलानदार घाटियां दिखाई पड़ती है। किसी पर्वत की पोटी से नीचे देखना एक रोचक एवं उपयोगी अनुभव है। आप शुरु कर आने इष्टदेव को प्रणाम करते हैं। मैं ऐवरेस्ट पर गुरु नानकदेव जी का चित्र छोड़ आया करने देवी दुर्गा का चित्र छोड़ा फूढोरजी ने भगवान् बुद्ध का स्मृतिचिन्ह छदा एडमंड हिलेगी ने चलनों और पत्थरों के ढेर के नीचे एक क्रॉस दबा दिया। ये विजय के नहीं कि आदर और श्रद्धा के प्रतीक है। शिखर पर विजय पने का अनुभम आप को पूर्ण रूप से

Word Meanings

  • make your obeisance-show your respect,
  • आदर-सत्कार करना (प्रणाम करणा)
  • enrichingulfillingकरने
  • ennobling to male noble, प्रतिष्ठा बढ़ाने वाला
  1. There is another summit, it is within yourself. It is in your own mind. Each man carries within himself his own mountain peak. He must climb it to reach to a fuller knowledge of himself it is fearful, and un calable. It cannot be climbed by anyone else. You yourself have to do it. The physical act of climbing to the summit of a mountain outside is akin to the act of climbing the mountain within. The effects of both the climbs are the same. Whether the mountain you climb is physical or emotional and spiritual, the climb will certainly change you. It teaches you much about the world and about yourself, I venture to think that my experience as an Everester has provided me with the inspiration to face ife’s ordeal’s resciutely. Climbing the mountain was worthwhile experience The conquest of the internal summit is equaly worthwhile The internal summits ane, perhaps, higher than Everestएक और शिखर भी है। वह आप के अंदर है। यह आपके मन में है। प्रत्येक व्यक्ति अपने अंदर अपना ही एक पर्वत शिखर लिए होता है उसे स्वयं के बारे में पूर्ण ज्ञान पाने के लिए उस शिखर पर पहुंचना होता है। यह डरावना होता है और उस पर विजय अति कठिन होता है। उस पर कोई अन्य व्यक्ति विजय नहीं सकता। स्वयं आप को ही करना होता है। दोनों ही बदों के प्रशन एक समान है। आप भी पर्वत पर चहते हैं चाहे वह शारीरिक हो अपना एवं आध्यात्मिक, यह चढ़ाई आप में निश्चित रूप से परिवर्तन ला देगी यह आपको स्वयं अपने आरे में बहुत कुछ सिखा देगी में यह सोचता हूं कि ऐक्रेस्ट विजेता के रूप में मेरे की कठिन का तापूर्वक सामना करने की प्रेरणा से है। पचतारोहण एक सार्थक अनुभव था। अपने अंदर के शिखर पर विजय पाना भी उतना हो सार्थक अनुभव है। आन्तरिक शिखर संभवत एवरेस्ट से भी अधिक ऊंचा है। ने मुझे जीवन

Word Meanings

  • ordeals painful experiences, फठिनाइयां
  • summit highest point, शिखर

Explanation Of The Summit Within KSEEB Class 8 

The Summit Within Textbook Exercises (Solved) Comprehension Check

  1. Standing on Everest, the writer was
    1. overjoyed
    2. very sad
    3. jubilant and sad

Choose the right item.

Answer. (2) jiubilant and sad

      2. The emotion that gripped him was one of

  1. victory over hurdles
  2. humility and a sense of smallness
  3. greatness and self-importance
  4. jpy of discovery

Choose the right item.

Answer. (1) humility and a sense of smaliness

3. The summit of the mind” refers to

  1. great intellectual achievements.
  2. the process of matjring mentally and spiritually.
  3. overcoming personal ambition for common welfare.
  4. living in the world of thought and imagination.
  5. the triumph of mind over worldly pleasures for a noble cause.
  6. a fuller knowledge of oneself.Mark the items(s) not relevant.

Answer. (1) (3) (4)

KSEEB Class 8 English Chapter 5 Important Questions 

The Summit Within Working With The Text

  1. Answer the following questions.

Question 1.What are the three qualities that played a major role in the author’s climb?

Answer. The three qualities that playea a major role in author’s climb are endurance, persistence ard will power.

Question 2.Why is adventure, which is risky, also pleasurable?

Answer. It is a joy that lasts a lifetime, the joy of having done something thrilling and exciting. It gives the sense of a battle fought and won. It arouses a feeling of victory and of happiness. For example climbing a high peak is pleasure able. It gives pleasure because one gets to see nature in all its wild glory and beauty. Thus one feels close to God.

Question 3.What was it about Mount Everest that the author found irresistible?

Answer. The fact that Mount Everest was the highest and the mightiest mountain and many has failed to scale it made it irresistible to the author

Question 4.One does not do it (climb a high peak) for fame alone. What does one do it for, really?

Answer. The writer fails to fully answer it but it is for the pleasure, thrill and sense of achievement.

Question 5.He becomes conscious in a special manner of his own smallness in this large universe.’ This awareness defines an emotion mentioned in the first paragraph. Which is the emotion?

Answer. Humility

Question 6.What were the ‘symbols of reverence’ left by members of the team, on Everest?

Answer. The author (Major H.P.S. Ahluwalia) left a picture of Guru Nanak Devi or Everest. Rawat left a picture of Goddess Durga. Phu Dorji left a relic of the Budha. Edmund Hillary burned a cross under a heap of rocks and stones in the snow.

Question 7.What, according to the writer, did his experience as an Everester teach him?

Answer. It taught him to face obstacles in life with determination, positve outlook and courage.

2. Write a sentence against each of the following statements. Your sentence should explain the statement. You can pick out sentences from the text and rewrite them.

Question 1.The experience changes you completely.

Answer. One w ho has been to the mountains is never the same again.

Question 2.Man takes delight in overcoming obstacles.

Answer. Man gets happiness by handling the difficulties successfully.

Question 3.Mountains are nature at its best

Answer. Mountains show us the best beauties of nature

Question 4.The going was difficult but the after-effects were satisfying.

Answer. It was extremely exhausting and difficult to climb the mountain but results were very satisfying.

Question 5.The physical conquest of a mountain is really a spiritual experience.

Answer. When man manages to scale a mountain, he feels a closeness with God.

Simplified Notes For The Summit Within KSEEB Class 8 

The Summit Within Working With Language

  1. Look at the italiclsed phrases and their meanings given in brackets.
  • Mountains are nature (nature’s best form and appearance) at its best
  • Your life is at risk. (in danger; You run the risk of losing your life.)
  • He was at his best/worst. (It was his best/worst performance.) in the last meet ng.

Fill in the blanks in the following dialogues choosing suitable phrases from those given in the box.

 

  1. Teacher: You were away from school without permission.
    Go to the principal ________and submit your explanation.
    Pupil Yes, Madam. But would you help me write it first?
  2. Arun: Are you unwell?
    Ila: No, not_______ Why do you ask?
    Arun: If you were unwell, I would send you to my uncle. He is a doctor.
  3. Mary: Almost every Indian film has an episode of love_______
    David: Is that what makes them so popular in foreign countries?
  4. Asif: You look depressed. Why are your spirits________ today? (Use such in the phrase.)
    Asho: I have to write ten sentences using words that I never heard before.
  5. Shieba: Your big moment is close
    Jyoti: How should I welcome it?
    Shieba: Get up and receive the trophy.Answer.(1) at once     (2) at all  (3) at first sight  (4)at such a low ebb  (5) at hand

Question  2.Write the noun forms of the following words adding – ance or -ence to each.

(1)endure:______(2) persist:______

(3)signify:_____ (4) confide:____

(5)maintain:_____(6) abhor:_____

Answer.

  1. endurance
  2. persistence
  3. significance
  4. confidence
  5. maintenance
  6. abhorrence


(3) Match words under A with their meanings under B.
chapter 5 match the words

Answer.

remote – far away from
means – method{s)
dominant – most prominent
formidable – difficult to overcome
overwhelmed – be overcome/overpowered.

Question (2) Fill In the blanks In the sentences below with appropriate
word sfrom under A.

(a)There were____ obstacles on the way, but we reached our destination safely.

(b)We have no____ of finding out what happened there.

(c)Why he lives in a house_____   from any town or village is more than I can tell.

(d)____   by gratitude, we bowed to the speaker for his valuable advice.

(e)The old castle stands in a____ position above the sleepy town.

Answer.(a) formidable (b) means (c) remote (d) Over-whelmed (e) dominant

Analysis Of The Summit Within KSEEB English Reader 

The Summit Within Speaking And Writing

Write a composition describing a visit to the hills, o’ any place which you found beautiful and inspiring.

Before writing, work in small groups. Discuss the points given below and decide if you want to use some of these points in your composition.

  • Consider this sentence.

Mountains are a means of communion with Cod.

  • Think of the act of worship or prayer. You believe yourself to be in the presence of the divine power. In a way, you are in communion with that power.
  • Imagne the climber on top of the summit—the height attained; limitless sky above; the climber’s last ounce of energy spent; feelings of gratitude, humility and peace.
  • The majesty of the mountains does bring you close to nature and the spirit and joy that lives there, if you have the ability to feel it.

      Some composition may be read aioud to the entire class afterwards.

Answer. A Visit to the Hills

Mountains are beautiful. You can feel a certain doseness to God in the natural beauty of the mounta ns. On reaching the top of a mountain, you may find yourself close to the divine power. You bow to that power and thank Him forthe strength to climb up the mountain. Though all you” energy is spent, still you have the feelings of gratitude, humility’ anc peace. In all that beauty, you feel connected to God. I have started to feel that mountains are a means of communion with God. The I mitles sky above makes your heart throb with ecstacy. The na:ure is at her best The sheets of white snow spread

over nearby mountains are a treat to the eyes There is nothing more pleasurable than a visit to the hills and climbing the mountain top.

The Summit Within Extract Based Questions

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow.

Question (1)Of all the emotions which surged through me as I stood on the summit o* Everest, looking over miles of parorama below us, the dominant one I think was humility. The physical in me seemed to say, ‘Thank God. It’s all over!” However, instead of being jubilant, there was tinge of sadness. Was it because I had already done the “ultimate’’ in climbing ana there would be noth ng higher to climb and all roads hereafter would lead down?

  1. Who was standing on the summit of Everest?
  2. Which emotion did he feel first of all? Why?
  3. What did he see from the top orthe mountain? How did it affect him?
  4. Why did he than God?
  5. What made him sad?

Answer.

  1. The writer (Major H.P.S. Ahluvvalia) was standing at the summit of Everest
  2. He felt humility because when he looked around he saw everything big and beautiful around him. He felt very small in front of all this.
  3. He saw a very beautiful view of the valley around him. He saw nature at its best ard felt very humble and small.
  4. He than<ed God because now the climb was over.
  5. He nad climbed the highest mountain peak in the world. Now there was no bigger challenge before him. This feeling made him sad.

Question (2)Man takes delight in overcoming obstacles. The obstacles in climbing a mountain are physical. A climb to a summit means endurance, presistence and will power. The demonstration of these physical qualities is no doubt exhilarating, as it was ‘or me also.

  1. What gives man happiness?
  2. What does ‘a climb to a summit’ mean?
  3. How does a man react when he gets a chance to test his qualities by climbing a mountain?
  4. For whom is the demonstration of physical qualties exhilarating?
  5. Make sentences using the following words: obstacles, exhilarating.

Answer.

  1.  Overcoming obstacles (h ndrances) gives man happiness.
  2. A climb to a summit means edurance, pa:ience and will power.
  3. A man takes pleasure in overcoming obstacles to achieve success.
  4. The demonstration o^ physical qualities is exhilarating for the writer.
  5. Obstacles: They managed to over come all obstacles with their hard work, and determination. Exhilarating: The journey to the top of the mcunta n was exhilarating.

Question (3)Looking round from the summit you tell yourself that it was worthwhile. Other silvery peaks appear through the clouds. If you are lucky the sun may be on them. The surrounding peaks look like a jewelled necklace round the neck of your summit Below, you see vast valleys sloping into the distance. It is an ennobl ng, enriching experience to look just down from the summit o*’ a mountain. You bow down and make your obeisance to whichever God you worship.

  1. What is worthwhile?
  2. How do the surrounding peaks look like?
  3. What do we see below?
  4. What is an erraching experience?
  5. What do we do to make our obeisance to God ?

Answer.

  1. Climbing the highest mountain peak is worthwhile.
  2. The surrounding peaks look like a jewelled necklace round the neck of the summit
  3. Below we see vast valleys sloping into the distance.
  4. To look down from the summit of a mountain is an enriching experience.
  5. We bow dow n to make our obeisance to God.

Question (4)There s another summit. It is within yourself. It is in your own mind. Each man carries within himself his own mountain peak He must climb it to reach to a fuller knowledge of himself. It is fearful, ard unscalable. It cannot be climbed by anyone else. You yourself have to do it The physical act of climbing to the summit of a mountain outside is akin to the act of climbing the mountain within. The efects of both the climbs are the same. Whether’the mountain you climb is physical or emotional and spiritual, the climb will certainly change you. It teaches you much about the world ard about yourself.

  1. Which is the other’ summit? Where is it?
  2. Why does the writer term it as ‘fearful and unscalable’?
  3. Why can’t anybody else climb it?
  4. How is climbing a mountain outside is same as climbing a mountain within oneself?
  5. What can one learn by climbing?

Answer.

  1. The other summit is within oneself. It is in the mind.
  2. It is fearful and unscalable because it has to be climbed by only you. No one can help you in climbing it.
  3. Anybody else can’t climb it because it is within oneself.
  4. The effects of both the climbs are the same. They change us.
  5. One can get a better understanding of one’s abilities and the world around him.

KSEEB Solutions for Class 8 English Chapter 5 The Summit Within 

The Summit Within Additional Questions Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.What was the dominant emotion of Ahluwalia as he stood on Everest?

Answer. It was of humility.

Question 2.What was the other summit Ahluwalia thought of?

Answer. It was the summit of mind.

Question 3.What kind of experience is climbing Everest, according to Ahluwalia?

Answer. According to Ahluwalia, climb ng Everest is not only physical but also emotional and sprit experience.

Question 4.Why is it necessary to climb the summit within?

Answer. It is necessary to climb the summit within to gain a complete knowledge of oneself.

The Summit Within Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.Who was Ahluwalia and what does he tell us about in this lesson?

Answer. Major H.P.S. Ahluwalia was a member of the first successful Indian expedition to Mount Everest in 1965. Everest is the highest mountain pea< in the world. Ahluwalia tells us about his experience of climbing the mountain and his feelings as he stood at the summit of the mountain

Question 2.What does Ahluwalia say about the summit of the mind

 Answer. Ahluwalia says that each man has a summit in his mind. It  is fearful and un scalable. It has to be climbed by that person only.  The effects of both the climbs are the same. They change the  person.

The Summit Within Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.Why, according to Ahluwalia, does man get great pleasure in mountain climbing?

Answer. Climbing a mountain presents great difficulties and the obstacles. Ahluwalia says that climbing mountains needs three physical qualities in a man: endurance, persistence and will power. Demonstration of these qualities by man gives him great pleasure. Besides .these qualities in man help him overcome all obstacles in life and overcoming obstacles is always delghtful.

The School boy Summary In English Poem

The poem ‘The School Boy’ deals with the life of an unhappy school boy. He loves to rise on a summer morning when the birds are singing on every tree. He enjoys the company of the skylark which sings with him. But, going to school on such a beautiful morning makes him unhappy.

The boy says that going to school on a summer morning takes all his joy away. He has to sit in the classroom under strict discipline. He has to spend his day feeling dismal and gloomy in front of the strict teacher. He can’t seek happiness in his books; nor can he sit under some shady tree. He feels like a bird in a cage. Such a bird cannot be happy.

The boy gives example of tender plants. If these plants are stopped from growing or get destroyed in the spring season, the summer fruits will not appear on them. He means that an unhappy child cannot grow into a happy youth.

The School boy  Summary In Hindi

यह कविता ‘The School Boy’ एक उदास लड़के के जीवन से सम्बन्धित है। लड़का स्वयं कवि है। वह गर्मियों की प्रातः उस समय उठना चाहता है जब पक्षी हर वृक्ष पर चहचहा (गा) रहे होते हैं। वह चातक पक्षी की संगति पसन्द करता है जो उसके साथ गाता है। परन्तु ऐसी प्रातः स्कूल जाना उसे उदास कर देता है।

लड़का कह रहा है कि गर्मियों की ऐसी प्रातः स्कूल जाना उसकी सारी खुशियाँ छीन लेता है। उसे कड़े अनुशासन में क्लास मैं बैठना पड़ता है। उसे मन में भय भावना लिये दिन गुजारना पड़ता है। उसे पुस्तकों से कोई प्रसन्नता नहीं मिलती। न ही वह किसी वृक्ष की छाया में बैठ सकता है। वह अपने आप को पिंजरे में बन्द पक्षी के समान अनुभव करता है। ऐसा पक्षी कभी खुश नहीं होता। कवि कोमल पौधों का उदाहरण भी देता है। यदि बसन्त के मौसम में उनसे यह खुशी छीन ली जाती है, तो गर्मियों के फल उन पर नहीं लगेंगे। उसके ( कवि के) कहने का भाव यह है कि एक अप्रसन्न ( उदास) बच्चा प्रसन्न युवक के रूप में बड़ा नहीं हो सकता।

Class 8 English KSEEB Chapter 5 The Summit Within summary 

The Schoolboy Hindi translation Of The Lesson (With Word Meanings)

(1)गर्मी की ऋतु में मुझे प्रातः उठना अच्छा लगता है। उस समय हर वृक्ष पर पक्षी गा रहे होते है। दूर कहीं शिकारी अपना भोंपू बजा रहा होता है। उस समय स्काईलार्क मेरे साथ गाता है। ओह, कितनी मधुर है यह संगति ।

I love to rise in summer mom, When the birds sing on every tree; The distant huntsman winds his horn, And the skylark sings with me, O! what sweet company.

Word Meanings

  • distant far off, दूर के
  • wind to blow, बजाना

(2)But to go to school in a summer morn, O! it drives all joy away; Under a cruel eye outworn, The little ones spend the day, In sighing and dismay. Ah! then at times | drooping sit, And spend many an anxious hour. Nor in my book can I take delight, Nor sit in learning’s bower, Worm thro’ with the dreary shower

परंतु दुख की बात यह है कि गर्मी सुबह स्कूल जाने पर सारी खुशी छिन जाती है। छोटे-छोटे बच्चों को अपना दिन निराश और उदास मन से अपना समय बिताना पड़ता है। कवि दुःख के साथ कहता है कि उस समय मैं कभी-कभी घंटों सिर झुकाए बैठे रहकर अपना समय बिताता हूँ। न तो मुझे अपनी पुस्तकें खुशी देती है और न ही मुझे स्कूल में अध्यापक की शब्दों की नीरस बौछार अच्छी लगती है।

Word Meanings

  • drives away takes away, छीन लेता है
  • drooping – with head bent, सिर झुका कर
  • dreary dull, नीरस
  • sighing and dismay with a sad heart, दुःखी मन से

(3)How can the bird that is born for joy, Sit in a cage and sing. How can a child when fears annoy, But droop his tender wing, And forget his youthful spring.

वह पक्षी जो खुशी पाने के लिए पैदा होता है पिंजरे में बंद रह कर (बैठ कर) गीत कैसे गा सकता है? इसी प्रकार डर से सहमा बच्चा भी नहीं रह सकता। बंद पक्षी अपने कोमल पंखो को नीचे गिरा कर बैठने के सिवाय कुछ नहीं कर सकता उसे आनंद भरी बसंत ऋतु को भूल जाना पड़ता है।

Word Meanings

  • annoy – imtate, सताना

(4)O! Father and Mother, if buds are nip’d, And blossoms blown away. Ad if the tender plants are strip’d Of their joy in the springing day, By sorrow and cares dismay, How shall the summer arise in joy. Or the summer fruits appear?

हे मेरे माता-पिता! यदि कलियों को मसल दिया जाए ओर फूलों को पवन उड़ा ले जाए तो क्या होगा? इसी प्रकार यदि कोमल पौधों से उनके फलने-फूलने के दिनों (बसंत) की खुशी छीन ली जाए और उन्हें दुःख एवं निराश करने वाली चिंताओं से भर दिया जाए तो क्या होगा? उनके लिए ग्रीष्म ऋतु खुशी कैसे लेकर आयेगी या फिर उन पर ग्रीष्म ऋतु के फल कैसे आयेंगे?

Word Meanings

  • nip’d crushed, मसल / कुचल दिया जाए
  • snatched, छीन लिया जाए

KSEEB Class 8 English Reader Solutions For The Summit Within 

The School boy Textbook Exercises (Solved) Working With The Poem

  1. Find three or four words/phrases in stanza I that reflect the child’s happiness and joy

Answer.

  1. love to rise in a summer mom
  2. the birds sing on every tree
  3. huntsman winds his hom
  4. the skylark sings with me
  5. In stanza

2, the mood changes. Which words/phrases reflect the changed mood?

Answer.

  1. drives all joy away
  2. under a cruel eye
  3. The little ones spend the day in sighing and dismay ‘A cruel eye outworn’ (stanza 2) refers to
  4. the classroom which is shabby hoisory
  5. the lessons which are difficult/uninteresting
  6. the dull uninspiring life at school with lots of work and no play.

Mark the answer that you consider right.

Answer.

(3) the dull uninteresting life at school with lots of work and no play

4.  “Nor sit in learning’s bower worn thro’ with the dreary shower’ Which of the     following is a close paraphrase of the lines above?

  1. Nor can I sit in a roofless classroom when it is raining
  2. Nor can I learn anything at school though teachers go on lecturing and explaining
  3. Nor can I sit in the school garden for fear of getting wet in the rain.

Answer.

(1) Nor can I learn anything at school though teachers go on lecturing and explaining

Read the following poem and compare it with “The School Boy.

The One Furrow                                                  In I pressed,

When I was young, I went to school               But found in the mind’s pride

With pencil and foot rule                                   No peace, no rest

Sponge and slate,                                                Then who was it taught me back to go

And sat on a tall stool                                        To cattle and barrow

At learning’s gate                                                 Field and plough

When I was older, the gate swung wide;        To cattle and barrow,

Clever and keen-eyed                                         As I do now?


R. S Thomas

Answer. Both the poems: The School Bay and The One Furrow-talk about the experience of school children who go to school to get education. The child in the first poem is unhappy as he wants to enjoy his day out in the sun. He hates the monotonous schedule of school that restricts joy and freedom.

In the second poem, the narrator goes to the school to learn about various things but w hen he grows up he realises that all the knowledge acquired in school is futile. It gives no peace of mind to a person. He goes back to Nature and finds solace in the company of cattle and barrow. Both the poems emphasise on the importance of learning amidst Nature. Nature can be a great teacher and gives peace and joy to those who spend time amids: Nature. Both the poems denounce the rigidity of the school system which robs children of creativity and freedom.

The Summit Within Class 8 KSEEB Questions And Answers 

The School boy  Extract Based Questions

Read the stanzies given below and answer the questions that follow.

  1. But to go to school in a simmer morn, O! it drives all joy away; Under a cruel eye outworn, The little ones spend the day. In sighing and dismay. Ah! then at times I drooping sit, .And spend many an anxious hour. Nor in my book can I take delight, Nor sit in learning’s bower. Worn thro’ with the dreary shower

Question 1.What drives the child’s joy away?

Answer. Going to school on a summer morning drives this child’s joy away.

Question 2.How does the boy spend the day in school?

Answer. Under strict discipline, the boy spends the day in sighing and dismay.

Question 3.Why does the boy spend many anxious hours in school?

Answer. The school boy spends many anxious hours at school because he finds the school and the teachers dull and monotonous.

Question 4.Does he take delight in his books?

Answer. No, he does not take delight in books.

Question 5.Write the words that rhyme together.

Answer. Away-day; day-dismay; hour-bower; bower-shower

(2)How can the bird that is born for joy, Sit in a cage and sing. How can a child when fears annoy. But droop his tender wing. And forget his youthful spring.

Question 1.Name the poem and the poet.

Answer. The name of the poem is The School Boy’ and the poet is William Blake

Question 2.Write the rhyming words in the stanza given above.

Answer. Joy-arnoy; sing-wing; wing-spring

Question 3.What is the bird born for?

Answer. The bird is bom for joy.

Question 4.When can a bird not sing?

Answer. A bind cannot sing when it is caged.

Question 5.What does a young bird do under fear?

Answer. it hangs its tender wings downwards in fear. It fo’gets the joys of its youthful spring.

Explanation of The Summit Within KSEEB Class 8 

(3)O! Father and Mother, If buds are nip’d, And blossoms blow away. Ad if the tender plants are strip’d Of their joy in the springing day, By sorrow and cares dismay, How shall the summer arise in joy, Or the summer fruits appear’?

Question 1.Who is the speaker of these lines?

Answer. A school going little child is the speaker of these lines.

Question 2.What happens to tender plants if their joys of spring are taken away?

Answer. Tender plants can’t bear summer fruits if their joys of spring are taken away.

Question 3.Why does the poet compare himself to a nipped bud?

Answer. The poet compares himself to a nipped bud because his dull and burdensome life has made him unhappy.

Question 4.How does a plant feel if its blossoms are blown away?

Answer. it feels unhappy and sad.

Question 5.Write the rhyming words.

Answer. Nip’d strip’d; away-day, day-dismay

The School boy  Additional Questions Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.Why does the school boy not want to go to school in a summer morning?

Answer. The school boy loves to rise early in a summer morning because of its beauty and joyfulness. Birds sing on every tree. He likes to hear the sound of horn coming from a distance. He enjoys the company of the skylark which sings win him. So he does not wart to go to school on such a morning. It will take away all his joy and make him unhappy.

Question 2.What does the school boy compare himself to and why?

Answer. The school boy compares himself to a caged bird because he has no freedom at school. He also compares himself’ to a bud that withers away before it could bloom fully. The boy feels so because his joyful youth is also at stake.

The School boy Long Answer Type Question

Question 1.Give the central idea of the poem The School Boy.

Answer. The poem The School Boy’ is based on the theme of unhappy childhood. It conveys that if the childhood is unhappy, its effects would be felt during youth. A young plant if stripped in spring, carnot bear fruits in summer. Similarly, if a little child is burdened with the heavy load of education and learning, he/she can’t grow up to be a joyful youth. The child remains in the constant fear of his/her, teacher’s. Pressure of school life makes his/her life dull and dreary. So life becomes deeply miserable for the child.

KSEEB Solutions for Class 8 English Karnataka State Syllabus

KSEEB Class 8 English Supplementary Readers contains Textbook Readers and Supplementary Readers of all chapters are part of Revision Notes for grade 8 English. Here we have given notes Class VIII.

KSEEB Class 8 SSLC Biology Chapter 1 Transportation System in Plants Notes

KSEEB Class 8 SSLC Biology Chapter 1 Transportation System in Plants Notes Learning Objectives

  • Absorption of water and minerals (Osmosis and diffusion)
  • Transpiration in plants
  • Structure and function of xylem
  • Structure and function of phloem
  • Importance of minerals (macro and micronutrients)

Just like animals, plants also need energy from food to perform their daily activities. Green plants synthesize their own food by the process of photosynthesis. During this process, glucose and oxygen are produced. Oxygen is released into atmosphere and the glucose is transported to different parts of plants and is used to carry out different activities. The extra glucose is changed further into starch.

In everyday language ‘transport’ means ‘to carry things from one place to another’. In biology, transport is a life process in which a material absorbed (or made) in one part of the body of an organism is carried to other parts in its body.

Before we learn the transport of substances in plants, we should know the meaning of the term ‘tissue’. A tissue is a group of similar cells which work together to perform a particular function.

The arrangement of cells in a tissue depends on the function to be performed by the tissue. For example, if the function of tissue is to carry water from the roots of a plant to its leaves, then the tubular cells (tube-like cells) are arranged one over the other to form long tubes (or vessels’.

Those tissues which transport water, minerals and food to different parts of a plant, arc called vascular tissues. There are two types of vascular tissues in a plant: xylem and phloem.

  1. The tissue which carries water and minerals from the roots to the leaves of a plant is called xylem.
  2. The tissue which carries food from the leaves to other parts of the plant is called phloem.

All the parts of a plant like roots, stems, branches and leaves contain vascular tissues called xylem and phloem. The xylem and phloem tissues are a kind of tubes made of tubular cells arranged end to end. The xylem tissue is made of dead xylem cells whereas phloem tissue is made of living phloem cells arranged one over the other. Keeping these points in mind, we will now describe the transport system in plants.

KSEEB Class 8 SSLC Biology Chapter 1 Transportation System in Plants Notes

 

KSEEB Class 8 Biology Chapter 1 Transportation System In Plants Notes PDF 

Absorption Of Water And Minerals

Since water and minerals are mainly available in soil, a well- developed root system is present in plants to absorb water. Roots are covered by a single-cell layer called epidermis. The epidermal cells have finger¬like tubular outgrowth known as root hairs that increase the surface area for absorption of water.

transportationysteminplantshighlymagnified structureofroothair

As the number of root hair increases, the surface area also increases, and the plants absorb more water and minerals.

As the plants grow, their roots branch and re-branch and get fixed in the soil. At the tips of roots, a large number of cells absorb water and nutrients from the soil. These cells have a semipermeable plasma membrane. Plasma membrane has tiny pores that allow only selected materials and water molecules to pass through it by a process known as osmosis.

SSLC Class 8 Biology Transportation System In Plants Solutions 

Absorption Of Water

Since the concentration of water molecules is more in the soil than in root hairs, water enters the plants body through hair by the process of osmosis. Osmosis is a process by which the molecules of solvent (water) move from a region of higher concentration to a region of lower concentration through a semi permeable membrane. The concentration of water is higher in soil, thus water moves from soil to root cells, where concentration of water is lower, through plasma membrane.

transportationsysteminplantsabsorption ofwaterroothair

Due to osmosis, when water enters the roots, the xylem cells gets filled up and this puts pressure on the rigid outer cells of the root. This pressure causes the water to be forced up the plant against the gravity Thus, root pressure is the transverse osmotic pressure within the cells of a root system that causes sap to rise through a plant stem to the leaves.

transportationsysteminplantsprocessofosmosis

Semi-Permeable Membrane

Activity -1

Aim: To demonstrate the process of osmosis.

Materials Required: A large-sized potato, petridish, sucrose solution Procedure:

1.Take a large-sized potato. Peel it and scoop a cavity in it. Slice its bottom to make its base flat.

2.Put the sliced potato in a petridish containing water in such a way that half of the potato is immersed in water.

3.Fill the potato cavity with 25% sucrose solution. Mark its level by inserting a pin.

4.Leave the apparatus undisturbed for some time.

Observations: The liquid in the cavity rises.

Inference: The liquid in the cavity rises because water (pure solvent) has moved through the potato walls and has accumulated inside the cavity. This happened because the concentration of water molecules in the cavity is lower due to the presence of sucrose molecules. It shows that water moves from a region of higher concentration to a region of lower concentration through a semi-permeable membrane. Potato wall acts as a semi-permeable membrane. The movement of water molecules proves that osmosis has taken place.

transportationsysteminplantspotatoosmosisPNG

In the above activity, potato wall acts as a semi- permeable membrane. In case, The potato is boiled, it loses its semi-permeable nature. We will discuss about diffusion in the later part of this chapter.

As discussed earlier, root hair cells have high concentration or osmotic pressure as compared to the surrounding cells. Due to this, water diffuses from outside into the root cells. The absorption of water in the root takes place by diffusion and osmosis.

Activity-2

Aim: To show that plants absorb water through roots.

Materials Required: A young leafy plant, a beaker and water Procedure:

1.Take some water in the beaker.

2.Put the young leafy plant in the beaker containing water.

3.Put some oil drops in the beaker to prevent evaporation.

4.Note the level of water.

5.Leave the apparatus undisturbed for some hours.

Observations: The water level reduces in the beaker.

Inference: The water level in the beaker reduces because the plant has absorbed the water from the beaker through its roots.

transportation-system-in-plants-root-absorption of-waterPNG

Notes For KSEEB Class 8 Transportation System In Plants

Absorption of Minerals

Calcium, potassium, magnesium and nitrogen are a few minerals required by the plants.

They are dissolved in water in the soil. The mineral absorption in plants takes place by means of two processes-diffusion and active transport.

Diffusion involves the movement of salt molecules from a region of higher concentration to a region of lower concentration. Diffusion takes place when the concentration of mineral molecules is higher in the soil in comparison to the root hair cells.

transportation-system-in-plants-absorption of-minarl-in-root

In case, the concentration of mineral molecules is low in the soil as compared to the root hair cells, the absorption of minerals takes place through active transport. Active transport is the movement of mineral ions from a region of lower concentration to a region of higher concentration. Generally, the concentration of minerals is low in the soil than inside the root hair cells. Thus, plants use active transport to absorb the mineral ions. Plants also require energy for this process.

Transportation In Plants

We have already studied that plants take up water and dissolved minerals from the soil through their roots and transport it to their leaves for the preparation of food. The leaves of plants prepare food by using water brought in from soil and carbon dioxide taken from air during photosynthesis. And this food has to be transported from the leaves to all other parts of the plant (which cannot make food themselves).

Plants have a transport system which serves two following purposes:

  • It carries water and minerals absorbed by the roots up to the leaves.
  • It also helps to transport the food made in the leaves to all other parts of the plant (including roots).

transportation-system-in-plantsPNG

In order to carry water and dissolved minerals, as well as prepared food, a plant has a transport system inside it. The transport system in plants consists of long tubes (or vessels) called xylem and phloem. In other words, xylem and phloem transport substances in plants. The xylem and phloem carry the various substances in ‘solution form’ up and down the plant and constitute the transport system of plant.

Detailed Explanation Of Transportation System In Plants KSEEB

Structure of Xylem

The complex vascular tissue called ‘xylem’ carries water and minerals dissolved in it (sap) from the roots upwards through the stem and branches up to the leaves.

  • Xylem has four different types of cells. They are tracheid; vessels or tracheae; xylem parenchyma; xylem sclerenchyma.
  • Tracheids are elongated dead cells. They provide mechanical support. They play an important role in transport of water.
  • Vessels or trachea form a row of cells placed end-to-end forming lube like structures called vessels. They are open from both the ends and provide mechanical support. They also help in transport of water and minerals.
  • Xylem parenchyma are the only living cells present in the xylem tissue.
  • They help in conduction of water and minerals. These parenchyma cells also store reserve food in the form of starch.
  • Xylem sclerenchyma are narrow and tapering cells and help provide mechanical strength to the tissue.
  • Except for parenchyma cells, rest of the xylem elements are bounded by thick lignified walls and are dead.

Functions

The xylem tissue forms a continuous network of vessels (or channels) that connect the roots to the leaves through the stem and branches, and thus transports water (and dissolved minerals) to the leaves of the entire plant. The water rises from the roots upwards towards branches and leaves in a plant. In a plant, water evaporates continuously from the leaves through the pores called stomata’. This process is called transpiration. It generates a ‘suction force’ which pulls up water absorbed by the roots from the soil to reach the leaves (through the stem and branches). The water and dissolved minerals (also called sap) move in an upward direction against the gravity to reach the leaves of the plant. This upward movement of sap (from the root to the top of a tree) is called ascent of sap. It is aided by transpiration and root pressure.

Structure of Phloem

The complex vascular tissue called ‘phloem’ carries the food from the leaves to all other parts of the plant (including roots). Phloem has four different types of cells. They are sieve lubes; companion cells; phloem parenchyma; phloem fibres.

  • Sieve tubes are long tube-like structures arranged longitudinally and are found in association with companion cells. The end walls are perforated just like a sieve to form sieve plates.
  • Companion cells are specialized parenchymatous cells. They form association with sieve tubes and help them in the conduction of food material.
  • Phloem parenchyma cells are cylindrical, elongated with tapering ends. They have cellulose in their cell wall. These cells store food and other substances.
  • Phloem fibres are made of sclerenchymatous cells. They are elongated with pointed apices and have thickened cell walls.
  • All the phloem cells are living except the phloem fibres.

Functions

The phloem tissue forms a network of vessels (or channels) that connect the leaves to all the parts of the plant including roots, and thus transports food to the entire plant. Please note that the food which is made in the leaves during photosynthesis consists of glucose (sugar) and it is transported within the plant in the form ol solution (called glucose solution’). The force needed to push the dissolved food (glucose solution) in phloem vessels is generated by the living phloem cells present in the phloem tissue of the plant.

Download KSEEB Biology Chapter 1 Notes Class 8

How Water Reaches From Soil to Xylem Vessels in Roots

We have just studied that water (and minerals dissolved in it) are carried from the roots of a plant to the leaves by the xylem vessels. Now, the xylem vessel of a root is in the centre of the root and it is surrounded by a large number of other  cells of the root. This means that the xylem vessel of a root is not in direct contact with the water present in the soil particles. So, an important question now arises: How does water from the soil reach the xylem vessel which is in the centre of the root of a plant? The answer to this question is that: For very short distances, water can move from cell to cell.

From the above discussion, we conclude that water (containing dissolved minerals) from the soil enters a plant through its root hair. From root hair, water moves from cell to cell in the root till it reaches xylem vessel in the centre of the root. From the xylem vessel in root, water moves upward to the xylem vessels in stem, branches and leaves.

transportation-system-in-plants-movement-of-water-in-soil

 

Activity -3

Aim to show that only roots absorb water for plants

Materials required: Test tubes, water, dyes, cork, oil, balsam plants

Procedure: Take three test tubes and mark them as 1. 2 and 3,. In test tubes 1 and 2 fill water up to three quarters. Fill test tube 3, less than a quarter with water.

In case of test tube 1, fix a cork at its mouth and leave it. Now, take two small-sized balsam plants having their roots intact. Wash their roots properly to remove soil and other particles. Now, in case of test tube 2, place a balsam plant so as its roots remain dipped in water. In case of test tube 3, insert the plant so that its roots do not touch water and are placed well above it.

In test tube 2 add a few drops of caramine dye (pinkl. Pour some drops of oil in test tube 2 which will float on the surface of water and prevent evaporation. Now*, mark the water level in all the three test tubes and leave them undisturbed for 24 hours.

transportation-system-in-plants-test-tube-1-test-tube-2

Observation:

Test Tube 1: After 24 hours, it was observed that water level in test tube 1 remains unchanged. This shows there was no loss of water due to evaporation.

Test Tube 2: Water level falls below the marked level. The pink colour of dye can be seen in the veins of leaves. As water cannot evaporate due to presence of oil, so the lost water is taken up by plants through roots. Test Tube 3: The water level has gone down but the eaves of the plants have shriveled. Leaves lost water due to transpiration but that water wasn’t replenished as roots were not in contact with water. The water evaporated from the surface.

This experiment shows that a plant absorbs water through its roots.

Activity*4

Aim: To study the transportation of water through xylem tissues.

Materials Required: A soft flowering twig with roots intact (with white flowers of Petunia, Balsam or Vinca), pink ink, beaker, water, microscope

Procedure

Pour some water in the beaker. Add a few drops of pink ink to the water.

Put the twig in the beaker and leave it undisturbed for an hour.

Cut thin slices of stem on a glass slide.

Keep the sliced stem on the glass slide.

Put a few drops of water on the slide and observe the stem under Xylem transports water microscope.in plants

transportation-system-in-plants-activity

 

Observations: The xylem tissue of the vascular bundle gets stained pink

Inference: Xylem tissue helps in conduction of water.

KSEEB SSLC Biology Class 8 Transportation In Plants Summary

Activity-5

Aim: To demonstrate that food is transported through the phloem.

Materials Required: A plant pot, water, a healthy plant with thick stem

Procedure:

  1. Take a healthy plant with thick stem.
  2. Cut a ring around the stem of the plant deep enough to penetrate the phloem and cambium but not the xylem.
  3. Fix the plant in the plant pot. Water the plant regularly.
  4. Leave the apparatus for a few days.

Observations: The part of the stem above the ring has grown in diameter while the growth of the stem below the ring has stopped.

Inference: The stem above the ring shows the growth in diameter because of the accumulation of food

manufactured in the leaves. There is no growth in the lower portion because the removal of phloem blocked the downward movement of food.

 

transportation-system-in-plants-phloem-conduct-food

Transpiration

Loss of water from the plant in the form of water vapour is known as transpiration. In plants, transpiration takes place from different regions— stomatal, cuticular and lenticular.

  1. Stomatal transpiration: Evaporation of water from the leaves talcing place through the stomata is called stomatal transpiration.There are more stomata present on the undersurface of a dicot leaf. Therefore, more transpiration takes place from the lower surface of leaf.
  2. Cuticular transpiration: When the evaporation of water takes place direedy from the surface of the leaves and herbaceous stems, it is known as cuticular transpiration.
  3. Lenticular and bark transpiration: When evaporation of water takes place through the lenticels and the bark, it is called lenticular and bark transpiration.

Transpiration is directly proportional to absorption. Higher the rate of transpiration, more will be the rate of absorption. Rather, transpiration plays an important role in the absorption of water.

The loss of water from the leaves through transpiration creates a suction pressure in the xylem vessels. The suction pressure pulls up water from the roots dirough the stems to the leaves. This is called transpiration pull.

It causes a reduction in the volume of water in the roots. That in turn causes the movement of water from the surrounding soil to the root hair. The root hairs absorb the water by the process of osmosis. Thus, the cycle continues.

When the rate of transpiration is greater than the rate of absorption of water from the root hair, the leaves, stems and flowers of the plant begin to droop. This is called wilting.

Factors Influencing Transpiration

Some of the factors which influence the rate of transpiration are discussed here:

Temperature: The rate of transpiration increases with increase in temperature. High temperature favours evaporation of water from the leaves.

Light: During day time, stomata remains open hence most of the transpiration lakes place during the day. At night, the stomata remain closed, so very little amount of water is lost by cuticular or lenticular transpiration.

Humidity: The amount of water content of air is known as humidity. This humidity is expressed as vapour pressure. With increase in humidity, the rate of transpiration decreases. The rate of transpiration increases, if the hum idity is low, that is, vapour pressure in the surrounding atmosphere is low.

Wind speed: The rate of transpiration increases in moving air (or wind). This is because moving air carries away water vapour from leaves as fast as it comes out of stomata. And when the rate of transpiration increases, then the rate of absorption of water through the roots also increases. Thus, water absorption through roots can be increased by keeping a potted plant under the fan.

Free KSEEB notes on Class 8 Biology Transportation System

Importance of Transpiration

The process of transpiration (evaporation of water from leaves) serves a very useful function in the plants.

  • It generates a ‘suction force’ in xylem which can pull water from the roots up to great height in the tall trees.
  • When cells absorb water, they remain turgid. This helps in maintaining the shape and structure of the plant body.
  • Another function of transpiration is that it cools the plant in hot weather. This happens due to cooling caused by evaporation.
  • The main function of stomata is to allow carbon dioxide to enter into the leaves for photosynthesis. It simultaneously functions to prevent excessive water loss.

Transpiration can be demonstrated by the following methods:

Method 1:

Take a small-potted plant and cover the soil surface In the pot with the polythene sheet.

Now cover the potted plant with a big glass bell jar. Keep the set-up under the sun and leave it undisturbed for few hours. Moisture droplets appear on the inner walls of the glass bell jar. The moisture in the bell jar comes from transpiration.

transportation-system-in-transpiration-of-water-through-leaves

Method 2:

This method is used to compare the rate of transpiration between the two surfaces of the same leaf suggesting that more stomata are present in the lower surface of the leaf.

Take two strips of filter paper soaked in 2 % solution of cobalt chloride and leave them to be perfectly dried under sunlight. Cobalt chloride paper is blue in colour when it is dry, and becomes pink when it absorbs moisture. Due to this characteristic feature, it acts as a chemical indicator in this experiment.

A piece of dry blue cobalt chloride paper is kept on a leaf. It is covered by a glass slide with clips. The colour of cobalt chloride changing from blue to pink shows transpiration. The time taken for this change determines the rate of transpiration.

Importance Of Minerals

Minerals are very important for the healthy growth of plants. These are absorbed through the roots in the dissolved form along with water. The minerals (nutrient elements) required by the plants are divided into two categories— macronutrients and micronutrients. Macronutrients are the mineral elements that are required in large quantities by the plants. They play an important role in balanced crop nutrition. They include nitrogen (N), phosphorus (P), potassium (K), calcium (Ca), sulphur (S) and so on.

Micronutrients are required in extremely small quantities by the plants. They include iron (Fe), manganese (Mn), zinc (Zn) and many more.

Chapter 1 Transportation System In Plants Keywords

Osmosis: The diffusion of water {or solvent) across semi permeable membrane from a region of its high concentration to a region of its lower concentration

Diffusion: The movement of fluid from the region o* higher concentration to the region of lower concentration

Active transport: The transport of substances across the cell membrane against concentration gradient with the input of energy

Sap: Water and dissolved minerals that are conducted by a plant

Root pressure: The pressure that develops in xylem vessels as a result of metabolic activity of roots Transpiration: The process that causes loss of water in the form of water vapour through the aerial parts of a plant

KSEEB Class 8 SSLC Biology Chapter 1 Transportation System In Plants Summary

  • In biology, transport is a life process in which a rraterial absorbed (or made) in one part of the body of an organism is carried to other parts in its body.
  • Those tissues which transport water, minerals and food to different parts of a plant, are called vascular tissues. There are two types of vascular Tissues in a plant: xylem and phloem.
  • Since water is mainly available in soil, a well-developed root system is present in plants to absorb water.
  • Osmosis is a process by which the molecules of solvent (water) move from a region of higher concentration to a region of lower concentration through a semi permeable membrane.
  • Root pressure is the transverse osmotic pressure within the cells of a root system that causes sap to rise through a plant stem to the leaves.
  • The absorption of water in the root takes place by diffusion and osmosis.
  • The mineral absorption in plants takes place by means of two processes-diffusion and active transport.
  • The complex vascular tissue called ‘xylem’ carries water and minerals dissolved in it (sap) from the roots upwards through the stern and branches up to the leaves. This upward movement of sap (from the root to the top of a tree) is called ascent of sap.
  • The phloem tissue forms a network of vessels (or channels) that connect the leaves to all the parts of the plant including roots, and thus transports focd to the entire plant.
  • Loss of water from the plant in the form of water vapour is known as transpiration. In plants, transpiration takes place from different regions— lenticular, cuticular and stomatal.
  • Minerals are very important for the healthy growth of plants. These are absorbed through the roots in the dissolved form along with water. The mine’als (nutrient elements) required by the plants are divided into two categories— macronutrients and micronutrients.

 

Part A – Our PASTS – III (History)

Part B – Resources and Development (Geography)

Part C: Social and Political Life -III (Civics)

 

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Reader Chapter 1 How The Camel Got His Hump

KSEEB Solutions for Class 8 English Reader Chapter 1 How The Camel Got His Hump Summary In English

It was the beginning of the world and the animals had just started to work for men. In the midst of a desert, there lived a Camel who was extremely lazy. Every time an animal would approach him and ask him to start work, he would just reply with a “Humph”. One after the other a Horse, a Dog, and an Ox went to him and requested him to work but all of them got the same reply, “Humph”. They then went to their owner, a man, and complained to him. The man told them that the Camel would be unable to work so all three of them would have to work double-time in order to make up for his part of the work.

All Three were very annoyed and decided to keep a panchayat which was visited by the Camel as well. He passed them with a scornful smile on his face and uttered the same word, “Humph”. Soon, the djinn of the desert arrived and heard the animals’ complaints. He decided to teach the Camel a lesson. He went to him and warned him that if he didn’t work or if he repeated the word “Humph”, he would have to pay for it.

The Camel didn’t pay heed to the warning and as soon as he said “Humph”, his back grew a large lump which the djinn called a “Hump”. The djinn told the camel that this hump was given to him for a purpose that was to store food for three days. He told the Camel that thenceforth, he would be able to survive for three days without eating food at all. From that day to this the Camel has a thump’ on his back

 

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Reader Chapter 1 How The Camel Got His Hump

 How The Camel Got His Hump Summary In Hindi

यह उस आरंभिक समय की बात है जब जानवरों ने अभी-अभी इनसानों के लिए काम करना आरंभ किया ही था। किसी रेगिस्तान के बीच एक ऊँट रहता था जो स्वभाव से बहुत ही आलसी था। प्रत्येक बार कोई न कोई जानवर उसके पास जाकर काम करने के लिए कहता, लेकिन हर बार उसका एक ही उत्तर होता, ‘हफ।’ एक-एक करके उसके पास घोड़ा, कुत्ता और बैल गए और उन्होंने उससे काम आरंभ करने के लिए कहा, लेकिन सबको उसका एक ही जवाब था, ‘हंफ।’ थक-हारकर वे सभी उस आदमी के पास गए जो उनका मालिक था। उन्होंने उससे ऊँट की शिकायत की। इस पर मालिक ने कहा कि शायद ऊँट बीमार है इसलिए वह काम करने की स्थिति में नहीं है।

इस कारण उन तीनों को ऊँट के हिस्से का काम निपटाने के लिए दुगने समय तक काम करना पड़ेगा। तीनों बहुत दुखी हुए और उन्होंने एक पंचायत करने का निर्णय किया। इस पूरी घटना को ऊँट भी अपनी आँखों से भली-भाँति देख रहा था। ऊँट ने उनकी ओर एक कुटिल मुस्कान के साथ देखा और उसी शब्द को मुँह से निकाला, ‘हफ।’ अचानक हो रेगिस्तान का जिन्न आ धमका। उसने जानवरों की शिकायत को सुना। शिकायत सुनकर उसने ऊँट को सबक सिखाने का फैसला किया। उसने ऊँट के पास जाकर उसे धमकाया कि यदि उसने काम करना शुरू नहीं किया और दोबारा मुँह से ‘हंफ’ शब्द निकाला तो उसे इसका अंजाम भुगतना होगा। ऊँट ने जिन्न की धमकी की बिलकुल भी परवाह नहीं की और तुरंत ही बोल पड़ा, ‘हंफ ।’

जिन्न अपनी उपेक्षा से क्रोधित हो गया और जोर से बोला ‘हफ।’ उसके ‘हफ’ बोलते ही ऊँट की पीठ पर कूबड़ निकल आया। जिन्न ने ऊँट से कहा कि यह कूबड़ उसे एक खास उद्देश्य से दिया गया है जिसमें वह तीन दिनों के लिए खाना इकट्ठा कर सकता है। उसने कहा कि इससे ऊँट बिना कुछ खाए-पिए तीन दिनों तक जीवित रह सकता है। उसी दिन से ऊँट की पीठ पर कूबड़ निकल आया और आज भी हम उसे ऊँट की पीठ पर देख सकते हैं।

Class 8 English KSEEB How The Camel Got His Hump summary 

 How The Camel Got His Hump Word Meanings

English part 2

How The Camel Got His Hump Textbook Exercises Comprehension Check 1

  1. What tasks, do you think, were assigned to the dog and the ox?

Answer. The dog was asked to fetch and carry things and the ox was assigned the task of ploughing the land.

  1. Why did the camel live in the middle of the desert?

Answer. The camel lived in the middle of the desert because he did not want to work. He ate sticks, thorns and prickles.

  1. What made the dog, the horse and the ox very angry?

Answer. The dog, the horse and the ox had to do extra work while the camel did not work. This made them very angry.

  1. “How did the Djinn know that horse was clom plaining against the camel?

Answer. The Djinn came to know that the horse was complaining against the camel by the way the horse described the camel. The horse said that there was a thing in the middle of the desert with a long neck and long legs.

KSEEB Class 8 English Reader Solutions For How The Camel Got His Hump 

How The Camel Got His Hump Comprehension Check 2

  1. The camel was looking at his own reflection in the pool. What does it suggest to you about the camel?

Answer. The camel was in love with himself. He admired himself from every angle by looking at his reflection. It is called ‘self-fascination’. He was selfish and could not think beyond himself.

  1. The camel said ‘Humph’ repeatedly. How did it affect him?

Answer. In the beginning by saying ‘Humph’, the camel was able to avoid work. But later he was punished for the same. He got a ‘hump’ on his back and he had to work as well.

  1. What, according to the Djinn, was the use of the hump?

Answer. The hump of the camel had a purpose that was to use the fat stored within it as nourishment during scarcity of food. In this manner, the camel could go without food for three days.

4. He has never yet learnt to behave.” In the light of this, what is the writer’s opinion about the camel?

Answer. The writer feels that the camel has a high oppinion of himself. He does not understand that everybody has to do his/her share of work. Nobody can afford to sit idle. The camel was punished for his irrational behaviour but it seems that he still has not learnt his lesson properly as a camel is, even now, considered a lazy animal.

 How The Camel Got His Hump Exercises (Solved)

Discuss the following topics in groups.

  1. Can this story be factually true?

Answer. No, this story can’t be factually true. I don’t believe that there is a Djinn in charge of all deserts.

  1. What, according to you, is the story about?

Consider the following:

  • How the world began.
  • Why everyone should do his/her share of work seriously.
  • How animals are important to humans.
  • How the camel got his hump.
  1. What did you do over the weekend? Were you generally active or idle? Please check your back before starting to discuss or answer the qusetion.

Answer. I was very active during the last weekend. I arranged my cupboard; mowed the lawn; helped father washing the car, etc. In fact, I can’t sit idle. So, there is no question of getting a hump on my back. Answer may vary from person to person.

  1. There are broadly two categories of workers-those who prefer to do today, what they can do tomorrow, and those who prefer to do tomorrow, what they can do today. Where do you belong?

Answer. I belong to the category of workers who prefer to do today what they can do tomorrow. The work detained is detained for ever.

How The Camel Got His Hump Class 8 KSEEB Questions And Answers 

 How The Camel Got His Hump Additional Questions

Very Short Answer Type Questions

  1. Who were the first helpers of man in his work?

Answer. Animals were the first helpers of man in his work.

  1. Why were the three animals who worked for man asked to work double time?

Answer. They were asked to work double time in order to make up for the Camel’s share.

 How The Camel Got His Hump Short Answer Type Questions

  1. Why did the horse, the dog and the ox hold a panchayat (meeting)? How did the camel react to it?

Answer. The horse, the dog and the ox worked for man, but the camel did nothing. So the three animals were asked to work double-time in order to make up for the camel’s work. This made them angry and they held a panchayat. The camel also came chewing and laughed at them. Saying, “Humph!” he went away.

  1. What happened after the camel was made to work?

Answer. The camel went to the other three and started working. From that day to this, the hump is on his back and he has not been able to cover up for those three days.

  1. How did the camel behave when the other animals had started working for man?

Answer. When the other animals had started working for man, the camel behaved differently. He would do nothing but eat sticks and thorns that grew in the desert. If he was asked to work he just said, “Humph”.

  1. Who was in charge of all deserts? How did he try to convince the camel to work and with what result?

Answer. The Djnn was incharge of all deserts. When he came to know that the camel did no work, he went to him. He told him that the other three animals had to do extra work because of his idleness. But he reply he got was “Humph”.

  1. What was change that came over the camel after he got his hump? Has he learnt to behave?

Answer. After the camel had got his hump, he went to the other three animals and started working. But he has not been able to cover up for those days when he did no work. He has also not learnt to behave.

Explanation of How The Camel Got His Hump KSEEB Class 8 

 How The Camel Got His Hump Long Answer Type Questions

  1. Describe the manner in which the Camel got his hump.

Answer. After listening to the complaints against the camel, the Djinn went to him. He told him that due to his idleness the other three animals had to work extra. But even the Djinn got the same reply “Humph” The Djinn suggested to him that he should work and abstain from saying “Humph” But the Camel again uttered, “Humph”. As soon as he said that, his back puffed up and there was a big hump on his back.

  1. What did the Djinn tell the Camel about his hump and how did he convince him to work?

Answer. The Djinn told the Camel that due to his own laziness and idleness he had brought this ‘humph’ up on his back. For the past three days, the Camel had not worked. Now the Camel was worried. He asked the Djinn how he could work with the humph on his back. The Djinn explained that his humph had a purpose. As he had not worked for the last three days, his humph would help him to work without eating for three days. The Djinn told the camel that it was time for him to join the other three animals in their work.

  1. How did the horse, the dog and the ox try to make the camel to work for man?

Answer. The horse, the dog and the ox had started working for man. But the lazy camel would not. So they went to the camel one by one to make him work. First of all the horse asked him to get up and trot like others, but the camel said “Humph”. Then the dog came with a stick in his mouth and asked the m camel to fetch and carry things like others but once again the camel replied by saying “Humph”. After this, the ox went to the camel with a yoke on his neck. He also asked him to plough like the rest of them but the camel gave the same reply “Humph”

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Chapter 2 The Tsunami

The Tsunami 

Summary In English

A tsunami is a very large and powerful sea wave. It is caused by earthquakes under the sea. These waves are very destructive as they wash away everything that comes in their way. On December 26 2004, atsunami hit Thailand and parts of India such as the Andaman and Nicobar Islands and the Tamil Nadu Coast. Here are some stories of courage and survival.

STORIES FROM THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS

1. Ignesious’s wife felt earthquake tremors at 6 a.m. She woke his husband up. The whole family rushed out of the house. When the tremors stopped, they saw the sea rising. While trying to escape the tsunami, Ignesious lost his wife and two children. However, three of his children who came with in were saved.

  1. Sanjeev, a policeman, was able to save himself, his wife and daughter from the waves. But when he tried to rescue the guesthouse cook’s wife, he too was swept away along with her.
  2. Meghna, a thirteen year-old girl, was swept away along with her parents and seventy-seven other people. She spent two days holding on to a wooden door in the sea. She was brought other shore by a wave.
  3. Almas Javed, a ten year-old girl, was celebrating Christmas with her family. She lost her grandfather and father who became the victims of a giant wave. Her mother and aunts too were washed away. Luckily, Almas was able to save herself with the help of a floating log of wood. But she was greatly shocked by the incident.

2. A STORY FROM THAILAND

This is the story of Tilly smith, a ten year old British school girl. She had come to Thailand for Christmas celebrations along with her seven year-old sister and parents, Penny and Colin Smith. She had seen a video of tsunami two weeks before in her class. She knew the signs of a tsunami: slow rise of the sea, foaming, bubbling and formation of whirlpools. She saw the same signs and started screaming at her family to get off the beach. Her parents got confused to see their daughter terribly frightened. Tilly’s family and several other tourists left the beach. Tilly’s family took refuge in the third floor of a hotel. Those who stayed back lost their lives.

3. ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR

Some people believe that the animals can sense the coming of a tsunami. More than 150,000 people lost their lives in the tsunami of 2004 but not many animals were reported dead. It is said that their sixth sense warn them of the danger and they run for life. For example, in Yala National Park, Sri Lanka, no animal carcasses were found after the tsunami. It was reported that three elephants had run away from the beach an hour before the tsunami hit. Similarly, two dogs of a gentleman living on the Coast near Galle refused to go for their daily run on the beach on the day of tsunami and thus, saved their master’s life.

 

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 English Chapter 2 The Tsunami

 

The Tsunami Summary In Hindi

सुनामी एक बहुत ही विशाल और शक्तिशाली लहर होती है। यह समुद्र के नीचे भूकम्पों से पैदा होती है। ये लहरें बहुत ही विनाशकारी होती है, क्योंकि इनके मार्ग में कुछ भी आता है, ये उसे बहा ले जाती है। 26 दिसम्बर 2004 को एक सुनामी ने थाईलैंड तथा भारत के कुछ भागों, जैसे कि अंडमान और निकोबार द्वीपसमूह तथा तमिलनाडु तट को अपनी चपेट में ले लिया था। यहां साहस तथा बचाव से संबंधित कुछ कहानियां दी गई हैं।अंडमान एवं निकोबार द्वीपसमूह की कहानियां

  1. इग्नीशियस की पत्नी को सुबह 6 बजे भूकम्प का आभास हुआ। उसने अपने पति को जगाया, सारा परिवार अपने घर से बाहर भाग आया। जब भूकम्प रूका तो उन्होंने समुद्र को ऊपर उठते देखा। बचाव के प्रयास करते समय इग्नीशियस अपनी पत्नी और दो बच्चों के प्राण गंवा बैठा। परंतु उसके तीन बच्चों की जान बच गई।
  1. संजीव, जांकि पुलिस का एक सिपाही था, लहरों से अपनी अपनी पत्नी तथा पुत्री की जान बचाने में सफल रहा। परंतु जब उसने जॉन की पत्नी बचाने का प्रयास किया, उसे भी लहरें उसके बहा कर ले गई।
  1. तेरह साल की एक लड़की मेघना अपने माता-पिता तथा 77 अन्य लोगों साथ बह गई। उसने समुद्र में लकड़ी के एक दरवाजे को पकड़कर दो दिन बिताये। उसे तट पर पहुँचने वाली एक लहर ने बचा लिया।
  2. दस साल की एक लड़की अल्पास जावेद अपने परिवार के साथ क्रिसमस मना रही थी। वह अपने दादा और पिता को खो बैठी एक विशाल लहर का शिकार हो गए। उसकी मां और मौसियां ( aunts ) भी बह गई। सौभाग्यवश अल्मास  लकड़ी के तैरते हुए लट्ठे की सहायता से अपनी जान बचाने में सफल रही। परंतु इस घटना से उसे गहरा सदमा पहुंचा।

थाइलैंड की कहानी

यह ब्रिटेन की एक दस वर्षीय स्कूली लड़की टिलि स्मिथ की कहानी है। वह अपनी सात वर्षीय बहन और अपने माता-पिता पैनी एवं कोलिन स्मिथ के साथ थाइलैंड के एक बीच की सैरगाह पर क्रिसमिस मनाने आई थी। उसने दो सप्ताह पहले अपनी क्लास में सुनामी का एक वीडियो देखा था। उसे सुनामी आने के संकेतों की जानकारी थी। वे संकेत थे समुद्र ( के पानी ) का ऊपर उठना, झाग बनना, बुलबुले उठना और भंवर चक्रों का बनना। उसने वही संकेत देखे और चिल्ला कर अपने परिवार को बीच से हट जाने के लिए कहा। अपनी बेटी को बुरी तरह डरा देखकर उसके माता पिता घबरा गए। टिली के परिवार तथा कई अन्य पर्यटक बीच छोड़ कर चले गए। टिली के परिवार ने होटल के तीसरे माले पर शरण ली। वे लोग जो वही रह गए अपनी जान गवा बैठे।

पशुओं का व्यवहार

कुछ लोगों का विश्वास है कि पशु सुनामी आने के खतरे को भाँप सकते है। सुनामी के कारण 150,000 से भी अधिक लोग मारे गए, परंतु रिपोर्टों के अनुसार मरने वाले पशुओं की संख्या अधिक नहीं थी। कहा जाता है कि उनकी छठी इन्द्री उन्हें खतरे की चेतावनी दे देती है और वे अपने प्राण बचाने के लिए भाग जाते है। उदाहरण के लिए श्रीलंका के माला नेशनल पार्क के तीन हाथी सुनामी आने से एक घंटा पहले ही बीच से भाग गए थे। इसी प्रकार एक गाला के निकट तट पर रहने वाले एक सज्जन के दो कुत्तों ने सुनामी वाले दिन बीच पर अपनी दैनिक दौड़ के लिए जाने से इन्कार कर दिया था। इस प्रकार उन्होंने अपने तथा अपने मालिक के प्राण बचा लिए।

The Tsunami Hindi Translation Of The Lesson (With Word Meanings)

Look at the map of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands given here.

 

english chapter 1 map

  1. Now read the sentences below. Rewrite the incorrect ones after correcting the mistakes.
  1. Katchall is an island.
  2. It is part of the Andaman group of islands.
  3. Nancowry is an island in the Nicobar group.
  4. Katchall and Nancowry are more than a hundred miles apart. (Hint: the scale of the map is given.)
  5. The Andaman and Nicobar Islands are to the west of India.
  6. The Nicobar Islands are to the north of the Andaman Islands.

Answer.

  1. Correct.
  2. It (Katchall) is a part of the Nicobar group of islands.
  3. Correct.
  4. Katchall and Nancowry are less than a hundred miles apart.
  5. The Andaman and Nicobar Islands are to the south-east of India.
  6. The Nicobar islands are to the south of the Andaman islands.A tsunami is a very large and powerful wave caused by earthquakes under the sea. On 26 December 2004, a tsunami hit Thailand and parts of India such as the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, and the Tamil Nadu Coast. Here are some stories of courage and survival.

Did animals sense that a tsunami was coming? Some stories suggest that they did.

 These stories are all from the Andaman and Nicobar archipelago. Ignesious was the manager of a cooperative society in Katchall. His wife woke him up at 6 a.m. because she felt an earthquake. Ignesious carefully took his television set off its table and put it down on the ground so that it would not fall and break. Then the family rushed out of the house. When the tremors stopped, they saw the sea rising. In the chaos and confusion, two of his children caught hold of the hands of their mother’s father and mother’s brother, and rushed in the opposite direction. He never saw them again. His wife was also swept away. Only the three other children who came with him were saved.

सुनामी एक बहुत ही विष्ठशाल और ष्टाक्तिष्ठशाली लहर होती है जो समुद्र के नीचे भूकम्पों से पैदा होती है। 26 दिसम्बर, 2004 को थाइलैंड और भारत के कुछ भागों जैसे अण्डमान और निकोबार द्वीप समूह तथा तमिलनाडु के समुद्री तटीय भागों को सुनामी का प्रकोप झेलना पड़ा। यहां साहस और अस्तित्व के बचाव की कुछ कहानियां दी गई है। क्या पशुओं को सुनामी के आने का आभास हो गया था? कुछ कहानियों यह सिद्ध हो गया कि उन्हें सुनामी के आने का आभास हो गया था। ये सभी कहानियां अण्डमान तथा निकोबार द्वीप समूह की हैं। इगनीसियस कचल (Katchall) में एक सहकारी समिति का प्रबन्धक (मैनेजर) था। उसकी पत्नी ने उसे प्रातः छः बजे जगा दिया क्यों उसने भूकम्प के झटके महसूस किए थे। इगनीसियस ने सावधानी से टेलीविजन को मेज के ऊपर से उठा कर जमीन पर रख दिया ताकि वह गिरकर टूट न जाए। फिर परिवार तेजी से घर के बाहर भागा। जब कम्पन रुक गई, तब उन्होंने समुद्र को उठते देखा। इस अफरातफरी में उसके दो बच्चे अपने नाना और मामा के हाथ पकड़ कर विपरीत दिशा में भागे। वे उसे दोबारा कभी दिखाई नहीं दिये। उसकी पत्नी भी बह गई। केवल तीन बच्चे जो उसके साथ आए थे, बच गए।

Word Meanings

  • courage bravery, साहस
  • tremor shaking and trembling of earth, कम्पन
  • opposite completely different विपरीत
  • rushed out to move swiftly, तेजी से बाहर भागा
  • chaos complete disorder अफरातफरी
  • swept away washed off, बह गई
  1. Sanjeev was a policeman, serving in the Katchall island of the Nicobar group of Islands. He somehow managed to save himself, his wife and his baby daughter from the waves. But then he heard cries for help from the wife of John, the guesthouse cook. Sanjeev jumped into the water to rescue her, but they were both swept away. Thirteen year-old Meghna was swept away along with her parents and seventy-seven other people. She spent two days floating in the sea, holding on to a wooden door. Eleven times she saw relief helicopters overhead, but they did not see her. She was brought to the shore by a wave, and was found walking on the seashore in a daze.

संजीव पुलिस का सिपाही था जो निकोबार द्वीप समूह के कचल (Katchall) द्वीप में नौकरी करता था। वह किसी प्रकार अपने आप को, अपनी पत्नी को तथा अपनी बच्ची को लहरों से बचाने में सफल रहा। परन्तु तब उसने अतिथिगृह के रसोइए जॉन की पत्नी की चीखें सुनी जो सहायता के लिए चिल्ला रही थी। संजीव उसे बचाने के लिए पानी में कूद पड़ा, परन्तु वे दोनों पानी में बह गए।

तेरह वर्षीय मेघना अपने माता-पिता और 77 अन्य लोगों के साथ पानी में बह गई। वह दो दिन तक लकड़ी का एक दरवाजा पकड़े समुद्र में तैरती रही। उसने ऊपर 11 बार राहत पहुचाने वाले हेलिकाप्टरों को उड़ते देखा, परन्तु उन्होंनें उस बच्ची को नहीं देखा। उसे एक लहर तट पर ले आई और वह स्तब्ध अवस्था में समुद्र तट पर चलते मिली

Word Meanings

  • dazed – stunned, bewildered, चकित, स्तब्ध
  • relief helicopter – helicopter bringing help to
  • people during flood emergencies,
  • rescue save बचाने के लिए

राहत कार्य करने वाला हेलीकाप्टर

  1. Almas Javed was ten years old. She was a student of Carmel Convent in Port Blair where her father had a petrol pump. Her mother Rahila’s home was in Nan covery island. The family had gone there to celebrate Christmas. When the tremors came early in the morning, the family was sleeping. Almas’ father saw the sea water recede. He understood that the water would come rushing back with great force. He woke everyone up and tried to rush them to a safer place.

अल्मास जावेद की आयु दस वर्ष थी। वह पोर्ट ब्लेयर में, जहां उपके पिता का पैट्रोल पम्प था, कर्मिल कानवेंट की छात्रा थीं। उसकी मां Rahila का मायका नैनकाओरि (Nancowry) द्वीप में था। परिवार वहाँ क्रिसमस मनाने गया था। जब प्रातः भूंकप आया, वे सब सो रहे थे। अल्यास के पिता ने समुद्र की लहरो को वापस जाते देखा। वो समझ गये कि पानी ताकत से वापस आएगा। उन्होंने सब को जगाया और सुरक्षित स्थान पर भागने की कोशिश की।

Word Meanings

recede withdraw move back, वापिस जाना

  1. As they ran, her grandfather was hit on the head by something and he fell down. Her father rushed to help him. Then came the first giant wave that swept both of them away.
    Almas’ mother and aunts stood clinging to the leaves of a coconut tree, calling out to her. A wave uprooted the tree, and they too were washed away. Almas saw a log of wood floating. She climbed on to it. Then she fainted. When she woke up, she was in a hospital in Kamorta. From there she was brought to Port Blair. The little girl does not want to talk about the incident with anyone. She is still traumatised.

जब वे दौड़ रहे थे तो उसके नाना के सिर में कोई चीज लगी और वह गिर पड़े। उसके पिता उनकी ( नाना की ) सहायता के लिए दौड़े। उसी समय एक दैत्याकार लहर आई और दोनों को बहा ले गई। अल्मास की मां और मौसियां नारियल के पत्तों को पकड़े खड़ी थीं और उसे पुकार रही थीं। एक लहर ने वृक्ष को उखाड़ दिया और वे भी उसके साथ ही बह गई।
अल्मास ने लकड़ी का एक लट्ठा तैरते देखा। वह उस पर बैठ गई। तब वह बेहोश हो गई। जब उसे होश आया तो वह कमॉटो ( Kamorta) के एक हस्पताल में थी। वहा से उसे पोर्ट ब्लेयर (Port Blair) लाया गया। यह छोटी लड़की किसी से भी इस घटना के विषय में बात नहीं करना चाहती। वह अभी भी सदमे में हैं।

Word Meanings

  • giant huge, दैत्याकार
  • fainted – became unconscious, बेहोष्ठा हो गई
  • traumatised – greatly shocked and distressed,

सदमें में

clinging – hold on tightly, कस के पकड़ना

  1. Tilly Smith (a British school grl ) was able to save many I’ves when the tsunami struck Phuket beach in Thailand. Though she has won a number of awards, her parents have not allowed their daughter to be interviewed on television ana maae into a heroine. Why do you think they too< that decision?
    Now here is a story from Thailand.
    The Smith family from South-East England were celebrating Christmas at a beach resort in souther Thailand. Tilly Smith was a ten-year-old schoolgirl; her sister was seven years old. Their parents were Penny and Colin Smith. It was 26 December 2004. Deadly tsunami waves were already on their way. They had been triggered by a massive earthquake off northern Sumatra earlier that morning.

ब्रिटेन की एक स्कूली लड़की टिलि स्मिथ ने थाईलैंड के फुकेट सागर तट पर आई सुनामी में अनेक लोगों की जान बचाई थी। यद्यपि उसने बहुत से इनाम जीते हैं तो भी उसके माता-पिता ने उसे नायिकाओं के समान टेलीविजन पर साक्षात्कार की अनुमति नहीं दी है। आपके विचार में उन्होंने ऐसा निर्णय क्यों लिया?

  1. “The water was swelling and kept coming in,” Penny Smith remembered. “The beach was getting smaller and smaller. I didn’t know what was happening.” But Tilly Smith sensed that something was wrong. Her mind kept going back to a geography lesson she had taken in England just two weeks before she flew out to Thailand with her family. Tilly saw the sea slowly rise, and start to foam, bubble and form whirlpools. She remembered that she had seen this in class in a video of a tsunami that had hit the Hawaiian islands in 1946. Her geography teacher had shown her class the video, and told them that tsunamis can be caused by earthquakes, volcanoes and landslides.

“समुद्र का पानी उफान पर था और निरन्तर अन्दर प्रवेश कर रहा था । ” पैनि स्मिथ को याद था । “सागर तट छोटा होता जा रहा था। मेरी समझ में नहीं आया कि क्या हो रहा है।” परन्तु टिलि स्मिथ को आभास हो गया कि कुछ गड़बड़ अवश्य है। उसे अपने परिवार के साथ थाईलैंड के लिए उड़ान भरने से दो सप्ताह पहले इंग्लैड़ में पढ़े गए भूगोल के पाठ की याद आईं। टिलि ने समुद्र के पानी को धीरे-धीरे चढ़ते झाग बनाते, बुलबुले उठाते और भंवर बनाते देखा। उसे याद आया कि उसने 1946 में (Hawaiian) हवाई द्वीप समूह में आए सुनामी का ऐसा ही दृश्य अपनी कक्षा में वीडियों में देखा था। उनके भूगोल अध्यापक ने क्लास को वीडियो दिखाया था और उन्हें बताया था कि सुनामी लहरें भूकम्प, ज्वालामुखी और भूस्खलन के कारण उठती है।

Word Meanings

  • sensed became aware of महसूस किया
  • landslide – a slide of a large mass of dirt and rock
  • down a mountain or cliff, भूस्खलन
  • bubble boil foam, उबलना
  • hysterical caused by hysteria उन्मादी
  1. Tilly started to scream at her family to get off the beach. “She talked about an earthquake under the sea. She got more and more hysterical,” said her mother Penny. “I didn’t know what a tsunami was. But seeing my daughter so frightened, I thought something serious must be going on.” Tilly’s parents took her and her sister away from the beach, to the swimming pool at the hotel. A number of other tourists also left the beach with them. “Then it was as if the entire sea had come out after them. I was screaming, ‘Run!’ The family took refuge in the third floor of the hotel. The building withstood the surge of three tsunami waves. If they had stayed on the beach, they would not have been alive. The Smiths later met other tourists who has lost entire families. Thanks to Tilly and her geography lesson, they had been forewarned. Tilly went back to her school in England and told her classmates her terrifying tale.

टिलि ने चिल्लाते हुए अपने परिवार को सागर तट से दूर भागने को कहा। “उसने समुद्र के नीचे आए भूकम्प के बारे में बताया। वह और अधिक उन्मादी होती जा रही थी। ” उसका मां पैनि ने बताया, “मैं सुनामी के बारे में नहीं जानती थी। परन्तु अपनी पुत्री को इतना भयभीत देखकर मैने सोचा कि कोई गम्भीर घटना घटने वाली है । ” टिलि के माता-पिता उसे और उसकी बहन को बीच (तट) से दूर होटल में स्विमिंग पूल पर ले गए। उनके साथ ही अनेक अन्य सैलानी भी सागर तट से चले गए। “फिर ऐसा लगा मानों पूरा सागर उनके पीछे तट से बाहर आ गया हो।” मैं चीख रही थी, “भागो। ” परिवार ने होटल की तीसरी मंजिल पर शरण ली। होटल का भवन तीन सुनाम

लहरों का संवेग सहन कर गया। यदि वे सागर तट पर रुके रहते तो वे जीवित न बचते। स्मिथ परिवार बाद में अन्य सैलानियों से मिला जिनके परिवार के परिवार समाप्त हो गए थे। टिलि और उसके भूगोल के पाठ का धन्यवाद, उन्हें पहले ही चेतावनी मिल गई थी। जब टिलि वापिस इंग्लैंड में अपने स्कूल गई तो उसने अपने सहपाठियों को अपनी भयानक आप बीती सुनाई।

Word Meanings

  • refuge shelter, protection from danger, आश्रय
  • terrifying – frightening, भयानक
  • surge force, momentum बल, संवेग
  • withstood endured without collapsing, सहन

किया

Look carefully at the picture of the boy and his dog, and try to describe the things that you see, using just words and phrases. Either the teacher or one of the students can write down the words and phrases on the blackboard. This is how you can start-
calm, blue sea…..ruined huts.

  1. Before the giant waves slammed into the coast in India and Sri Lanka, wild and domestic animals seemed to know what was about to happen. They fled to safety. According to eyewitness accounts, elephants screamed and ran for higher ground; dogs refused to go outdoors; flamingoes abandoned their low-lying breeding areas; and zoo animals rushed into their shelters and could not be enticed to come back out.

लड़के और उसके कुत्ते की तस्वीर को ध्यान से देखो और जो चीज़ आप देखते हैं उन्हें केवल शब्द समूहों में वर्णन करों| अध्यापक अथवा विद्यार्थियों में से कोई एक शब्द और शब्द समूहों को ब्लैकबोर्ड पर लिखा सकता है। आप इस प्रकार आरम्भ कर सकते हैं-
शान्ति….. नीला सागर…. नष्ट हुई झोंपड़ियाँ…..

विशाल लहरों के भारत तथा श्रीलंका के सागर तटों से धमाके के साथ टकराने से पहले ऐसा लगता है कि जंगली और पालतू पशुओं को पता चल गया था कि क्या होने वाला है। वे सुरक्षित स्थानों पर भाग गए। प्रत्यक्ष साक्षियों (चश्मदीदा गवाहों) के विवरण के अनुसार, हाथी चिंघाड़ने लगे तथा ऊंचे स्थानों की ओर भागने लगे कुत्ते घरों से बाहर जाने में आनाकानी करने लगे। राजहंस पक्षी प्रजनन के निचले स्थानों से चले गए। चिड़ियाघर के पशु तेजी से अपने शरण स्थानों पर चले गए और उन्हें बाहर निकलने के लिए बहलाया फुसलाया नहीं जा सका।

Word meanings

  • slammed hit forcefully, जोर से टकराई
  • abandoned – gave up, ts feat
  • flamingo long-necked bird, राजहंस पक्षी
  • breeding – producing of young by animals,

प्रजनन

  1. Many people believe that animals possess a sixth sense and know when the earth is going to shake. Some experts believe that animals’ more acute hearing helps them to hear or feel the earth’s vibration. They can sense an approaching disaster long before humans realise what’s going on. We cannot be sure whether animals have a sixth sense or not. But the fact is that the giant waves that rolled through the Indian Ocean killed more than 150,000 people in a dozen countries; but not many animals have been reported dead.

बहुत से लोगों का विश्वास है कि पशुओं में छठी इन्द्री (छठी हिस) होती है और वे जानते हैं कि पृथ्वी हिलने वाली है (भूकम्प) आने वाला है)। कुछ विशेषज्ञों का मत है कि पशुओं की सुनने की तीव्र शाक्ति पृथ्वी के कम्पन को सुनने या महसूस करने में उनकी सहायता करती है। उन्हें मनुष्यों से बहुत पहले विनाश का आभास हो जाता है। हम विश्वास से नहीं कह सकते कि पशुओं में छठी इन्द्री होती है अथवा नहीं। परन्तु सत्य है कि हिन्द महासागर में उठने वाली विशाल लहरों ने दर्जन भर देशों में 1,50,000 लोगों को मौत की नींद सुला दिया, परन्तु पशुओं के अधिक संख्या में मरने की जानकारी नहीं है।

Word Meanings

  • acute intense, तीव्र
  • disaster – an event resulting in great loss and
  • misfortune, विनाश
  1. . Along India’s Cuddalore coast, where thousands of people perished, buffaloes, goats and dogs were found unharmed. The Yala National Park in Sri Lanka is home to a variety of animals including elephants, leopards and 130 species of birds. Sixty visitors were washed away from the Patanangala beach inside the park; but no animal carcasses were found, except for two water buffaloes. About an hour before the tsunami hit, people at Yala National Park had observed three elephants running away from the Patanangala beach.

A Sri Lankan gentleman who lives on the coast near Galle said his two dogs would not go for their  daily run on the beach. “They are usually excited to go on this outing,” he said. But on that day they refused to go, and most probably saved his life.

भारत के कडलोर (Cuddalore ) तटीय भाग में जहां हज़ारों लोग मारे गए, भैंसों, बकरियों और कुत्तों की कोई हानि नहीं पहुंची। श्रीलंका में याला नैशनल याला नैशनल पार्क (Yala National Park) हाथियों, तेंदुओं सहित पक्षियों की 130 प्रजातियों का आश्रय स्थान है। पार्क के अन्दर पातंगला (Patangala beach) तट पर 60 पर्यटक बह गए परन्तु दो समद्री भैंसों के शवों के अतिरिक्त अन्य किसी पशु का शव नहीं मिला। सुनामी लहरों के सागर तट से टकराने से एक घंटा पहले याला नैशनल पार्क के लोगों ने तीन हाथियों को पातंगला बीच से दूर भागते देखा था।

गाले के निकट सागर तट पर रहने वाले श्रीलंका के एक भद्र पुरुष ने बताया कि उसके दोनों कुत्तं रोज़ की तरह तट पर दौड़ने के लिए नहीं गए। उसने कहा, “प्रायः वे (कुत्ते) बाहर जाने के लिए उत्तेजित रहते हैं। परन्तु उस दिन उन्होनें बाहर जाने से मना कर दिया और सम्भवतः इसी कारण उसकी अपनी जान बच गई। “

Word Meanings

  • excited thrilled, उत्तेजित
  • perished died, suffered destruction, मर गए,
  • नज्ट हो गए
  • refused rejected, मना कर दिया

 

The Tsunami D. Textbook Exercises (Solved)

Comprehension Check—1

Say whether the following are true or false.

  1. Ignesious lost his wife, two children, his father-in-law, and his brother-in-law in the tsunami.
  2. Sanjeev made it to safety after the tsunami.
  3. Meghna was saved by a relief helicopter.
  4. Almas’s father realised that a tsunami was going to hit the island.
  5. Her mother and aunts were washed away with the coconut tree that they were holding on to.

Answer. 1. True 2. False 3. False 4. True 5. True

The Tsunami Comprehension Check-2

Answer the following in a phrase or sentence.

  1. Why did Tilly’s family come to Thailand?

Answer. Tilly’s family came to Thailand to celeberate Christmas.

  1. What were the warning signs that both Tilly and her mother saw?

Answer. Both Tilly and her mother saw that the water was swelling and kept coming in and the beach was getting smaller and smaller.

  1. Do you think Tilly’s mother was alarmed by them (the warning signs)?

Answer. No, she wasn’t alarmed by them as she did not know what was happening.

  1. Where had Tilly seen the sea behaving in the same strange fashion?

Answer. Tilly had seen the sea behaving in the same strange fashion when her teacher in one of the lessons in school showed a video of a tsunami that had hit the Hawaiian islands in 1946.

  1. Where did the Smith family and the others on the beach go to escape from the tsunami?

Answer. The Smith family and the others on the beach went to the swimming pool at the hotel to escape from the tsunami.

  1. How do you think Tilly’s geography teacher felt when he heard about what Tilly had done in Phuket?

Answer. I think her geography teacher must have felt proud of Tilly.

The Tsunami Comprehension Check-3

Answer using a phrase or a sentence.

  1. In the tsunami 150,000 people died. How many animals died?

Answer. Not many animals died in the tsunami.

  1. How many people and animals died in Yala National Park?

Answer. Sixty people died whereas only two water buffaloes died in the Yala National Park.

  1. What do people say about the elephants of Yala National Park?

Answer. People say that three elephants of Yala National Park ran for higher ground about an hour before the tsunami hit.

  1. What did the dogs in Galle do?

Answer. The dogs in Galle refused to go for their daily run on the beach.

The Tsunami Working With The Text

Discuss the following questions in class. Then write your own answers.

  1. When he felt the earthquake, do you think Ignesious immediately worried about a tsunami? Give reasons for your answer. Which sentence in the text tells you that the Ignesious family did not have any time to discuss and plan their course of action after the tsunami struck?

Answer. No, Ignesious did not worry about a tsunami when he felt the earthquake. Rather he was worried about his television. He took it off the table and put it on the ground lest it should break. The sentence that tells us that Ignesious did not have any time for discussion is In the chaos and confusion, two of his children caught hold of the hands of their mother’s father and mother’s brother, and rushed in the opposite direction.”

  1. Which words in the list below describe Sanjeev, in your opinion?

[Look up the dictionary for words that you are not sure of.

brave

cheerful

heroic

brash

heartless

humorous

ambitious

selfless

careless

Answer. Sanjeev was brave, heroic and selfless.

Use words from the list to complete the three sentences below

  1. I don’t know if Sanjeev was cheerful_____ or____
  2. I think that he was very brave______ or____
  3. Sanjeev was not heartless______ or_____

Answer. (1) ambitious, humorous (2) heroic, selfless (3)bresh,careless

  1. How are Meghna’s and Almas’s stories similar?

Answer. Meghna was swept away along with her parents. She spent two days floating in the sea, holding on to a wooden door. A wave brought her to the shore. Similarly, Almas was also washed away. She climbed on a log of wood and fainted. She woke up to find herself in a hospital. Thus, both escaped death.

  1. What are the different ways in which Tilly’s parents could have reacted to her behaviour? What would you have done if you were in their place?

Answer. Her parents could have thought that Tilly had lost her wits. They could have also thought that Tilly was having a fit of hysteria. If I had no knowledge about tsunamis, I would also have reacted in the same way.

  1. If Tilly’s award was to be shared, who do you think she should share it with her parents or her geography teacher?

Answer. I think she should decidedly share it with her geography teacher.

  1. What are the two different ideas about why so few animals were killed in the tsunami? Which idea do you find more believable?

Answer. Firstly, many people believe that animals have a sixth sense. They know when the earth is going to shake. Secondly, some experts hold the view that animals’ acute hearing power helps them to hear or feel the earth’s vibation. The second idea is more believable.

The Tsunami Working With Language

1. Go through Part-I carefully, and make a list of as many words as you can find that indicate movement of different kinds. (There is one word that occurs repeatedly-count how many times!) Put them into three categories.

  • fast movement
  • slow movement
  • neither slow nor fast

Can you explain why there are many words in one column and not in the others?

Note: Do it with the help of your teacher.

Fill in the blanks in the sentences below (the verbs given in brackets will give you a clue).

  1. The earth trembled, but not many people felt the_____ (tremble).
  2. When the zoo was flooded, there was a lot of_____ and many animals escaped into the countryside. (confuse)
  3. We heard with_____ _in the lion had recaptured. (relieve).
  4. The Zookeeper was stuck in a tree and his______ was filmed by the TV crew. (rescue).
  5. There was much_______ in the village when the snake chamer came visiting. (excite)

Answer. (1) trembling (2) confusion (3) relief (iv) rescue (4) excitement

3 Study the sentences in the columns A and B.

English chapter 2 table

Compare the sentences in A to the ones in B. Who is the ‘doer’ of the action in every case? Is the ‘doer’ mentioned in A, or in B? The doer is mentioned in column B. Notice the verbs in A ‘was swept away’, ‘was hit’, ‘were washed away’, ‘were found’. They are in the passive form. The sentences are in the Passive Voice. In these sentences, the focus is not on the person who does the action. In B, the ‘doer of the action is named. The verbs are in the active form. The sentences are in the Active Voice. Say whether the following sentences are in the Active or the Passive voice. Write A or P after each sentence as shown in the first sentence.

  1. Someone stole my bicycle. A…..
  2. The tyres were deflated by the traffic police…..
  3. I found it last night in a ditch near my house.
  4. It had been thrown there…..
  5. My father gave it to the mechanic….
  6. The mechanic repaired it for me…..

Answer. (i) A (ii) P (iii) A (iv) P (v) A (vi) A

The Tsunami Speaking And Writing

  1. Suppose you are one of the volunteers who went to the Andaman and Nicobar Islands for relief work after the tsunami. You work in the relief camps, distributing food, water and medicines among the victims. You listen to the various stories of bravery of ordinary people even as they fight against odds to bring about some semblance of normalcy in their lives. You admire their grit and determination. Write a diary entry.

You may start in this way. 31 December, 2004 The killer tsunami struck these islands five days ago. But the victims are being brought in even now. Each  one has a story to tell. 31 December, 2004 The killer tsunami struck these islands five days ago. But the victims are being brought in even now. Each one has a story to tell. A thirteen year old boy told me how he saved seven lives. An old lady and her granddaughter were saved by a boatman. People tell stories how they lost their loved ones when the huge waves came crashing down. Some lost their parents, some siblings and some other, their wives and husbands. Many people have lost all their family members. Rescue operations are still underway and every day survivors are being found stranded on different islands. The survivors are struggling hard to get back to life. I am deeply touched by their grit and determination to live.

  1. The story tells how a little girl saved the lives of many tourists when a tsunami struck the beach, thanks to the geography lesson that she had learnt at school. She remembered the visuals of a tsunami and warned her parents.

Do you remember any incident when something that you learnt in the classroom helped you in some way outside the classroom? Write your experiences in a paragraph of about 90-100 words or narrate it to the whole class like
an anecdote.

Answer. Last Monday I was coming back home from school. It was very hot. I saw an old man walking on the road. He seemed to be a simple villager. Suddenly his nose stared bleeding. He was puzzled what to do. I had learnt in my classroom how to deal with a bleeding nose. I got hold of his hand and took him to a tap. I put his head under it and started the supply of the water. Within five minutes his bleeding stopped. He thanked me and went his way.

The Tsunami  Extract Based Questions

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow.

(1) Ignesious was the manager of a cooperative society in Katchall. His wife woke him up at 6 a.m.

because she felt an earthquake. Ignesious carefully took his television set off its table and put it down on the ground so that it would not fall and break. Then the family rushed out of the house.

  1. What was Ignesious?
  2. Who woke Ignesious up and when?
  3. Why did his wife wake Ignesious up?
  4. What did Ignesious do then and why?
  5. What did the family do?

Answer.

  1. Ignesious was the manager of a cooperative society in Katchall.
  2. His wife woke him up at 6 a.m.
  3. His wife woke him up because she felt an earthquake.
  4. Ignesious took his television set off its table and put it down on the ground lest it should fall and break.
  5. The family rushed out of the house.

(2) When the tremors stopped, they saw the sea rising. In the chaos and confusion, two of his children caught hold of the hands of their mother’s father and mother’s brother, and rushed in the opposite direction. He never saw them again. His wife was also swept away. Only the three other children who came with him were saved.

  1. What did they see after the tremors had stopped?
  2. What did the two children do in the chaos and confusion?
  3. Did the children with their mother’s father and mother’s brother survive the tsunami?
  4. What happeed to his (Ignesious’s) wife?
  5. What happened to his three other children who came with him?

Answer.

  1. They saw the sea rising after the tremors had stopped.
  2. In the chaos and confusion, the two children caught hold of the hands of their mother’s father and mother’s brother, and rushed in the opposite direction.
  3. (No, they did not survive the tsunami as Ignesious never saw them again.
  4. His wife was also swept away.
  5. His three other children who came with him were saved.

(3) Thirteen-year old Meghna was swept away along with her parents and seventy-seven other people. She spent two days floating in the sea, holding on to a wooden door. Eleven times she saw relief helicopters overhead, but they did not see her. She was brought to the shore by a wave, and was found walking on the seashore in a daze.

  1. How old was Meghna?
  2. Who was Meghna swept away along with?
  3. How did she spend two days in the sea?
  4. How many times did she see relief helicopters overhead?
  5. What brought her to the shore?

Answer.

  1. Meghna was thirteen years old.
  2. Meghna was swept away along with her parents and seventy seven other people.
  3. She spent two days floating in the sea, holding on to a wooden door.
  4. Eleven times she saw relief helicopters overhead.
  5. A wave brought her to the shore.

(4) Tilly’s parents took her and her sister away from the beach, to the swimmig pool at the hotel. A number of other tourists also left the beach with them. “Then it was as if the entire sea had come out after them. I was screaming, ‘Run!’.
The family took refuge in the third floor of the hotel. The building withstood the surge of three tsunami waves. If they had stayed on the beach, they would not have been alive.

  1. Where did Tilly’s parents take her and her sister?
  2. Who left the beach with them?
  3. How did the sea behave after that?
  4. Where did the family take refuge?
  5. What did the hotel building withstand?

Answer.

  1. Tilly’s parents took her and her sister to the swimming pool at the hotel.
  2. A number of other tourists also left the beach with them.
  3. it was as if the entire sea had come out after them.
  4. The family took refuge in the third floor of the hotel.
  5. The hotel building withstood the surge of three tsunami waves.

The Tsunami Additional Questions

Very Short Answer Type Questions

  1. What causes a tsunami?

Answer. A tsunami is caused by earthquakes under the sea.

  1. Why did Ignesious’s wife wake him up?

Answer. Ignesious’s wife woke him up because she felt earthquake tremors.

  1. What saved Almas Javed?

Answer. A floating log of wood saved Almas Javed.

  1. Who was Tilly Smith?

Answer. Tilly Smith was a ten year old school girl.

The Tsunami Short Answer Type Questions

  1. Who was Sanjeev? How did he prove to be both lucky and unlucky?

Answer. Sanjeev was a policeman who was able to save himself, his wife and daughter from the deadly waves. But when he tried to rescue the guesthouse cook’s wife, he too was swept away with her by the deadly waves. Thus he proved to be lucky and unlucky, at the same time.

  1. How did Meghna get caught in the waves? How was she saved?

Answer. Meghna was a thirteen year old girl. She was swept away by the waves along with her parents and seventy seven other people. She spent two days holding on to a wooden door in the sea. She was brought back to the shore by a wave and was found walking on the shore, dazed.

The Tsunami Long Answer Type Questions

  1. Who was Tilly Smith? How did she save her family from disaster of the tsunami waves?

Answer. Tilly Smith was a ten year old British school girl. She had come to a beach resort in Thailand to celebrate Christmas with her family. She had seen a video of tsunami two weeks before in her class room. She knew the signs of tsunami. She saw the same signs and started screaming at her family to get off the beach. Her parents got confused to see their daughter terribly frightened. Therefore, Tilly’s family and several other tourists left the beach. Tilly’s family took refuge in the third floor of a hotel. They managed to survive but those who stayed back lost their lives.

  1. What light does the lesson throw on animal behaviour during the tsunami?

Answer. Some people believe that the animals can sense the coming of a tsunami. Some facts suggest that they can. During the tsunami of 2004, more than 150,000 people lost their lives, but not many animals were reported dead. It is said that their sixth sense warn them of the danger and they run for life. For example, in Yala National Park, Sri Lanka, three elephants had run away from the beach an hour before the tsunami hit. Similarly two dogs of a gentleman living on the coast near Galle saved their master’s life by refusing to go for their daily run on the beach on the day of tsunami.

The Tsunami Summary In English

A city looks different when we look at it from ten thousand feet above the ground. While we are in the thick of it, it looks unplanned and without a style. But on seeing it from above the ground, it looks well planned and well-designed.

The poet sees his city from a jet plane in the sky. When his jet sprang into the sky, he came to understand why the city had developed the way it had developed. It means that it had developed according to a plan.

The poet wanted to know another thing. It was why the cities were near rivers why the valleys were populated. This became clear to him when his jet reached ten thousand feet above the ground. It supported the logic of geography that land and water attracted man.

The concluding stanza conveys the theme of the poem. When the poet reached six miles high in his jet, he found that the earth was round. It had more water (sea) than land. But he failed to understand why men on this beautiful earth hated and killed one another.

The Tsunami Summary In Hindi

जब हम एक शहर को पृथ्वी से दस हजार फुट की ऊंचाई से देखते हैं तो यह भिन्न दिखाई देता है। जब हम शहर के बीच होते हैं तो यह बिना किसी योजना एवं शैली से निर्मित प्रतीत होता है, परन्तु पृथ्वी से ऊंचाई पर देखने से यह सुनियोजित और नमूनाबद्ध दिखाई देता है।

कवि अपने शहर को ऊपर जेट हवाई जहाज से देखता है। जब जैट आकाश में उड़ा तो उसकी समझ में आया कि जिस ढंग से शहर विकसित हुआ है उस ढंग से क्यों हुआ। इसका अर्थ यह हुआ कि शहर योजना के अनुसार ही विकसित हुआ।  कवि एक और बात जानना चहाता था। वह थी कि शहर नदियों के निकट क्यों हैं और घाटियों में आबादी क्यों है। यह उसकी समझ में तब आया जब उसका जहाज पृथ्वी से दस हज़ार फुट ऊंचाई पर पहुंचा। इससे भूगोल के उस तर्क की पुष्टी हुई कि मानव भूमि और पानी की ओर आकर्षित हुआ।

अन्तिम छन्द कविता का सार व्यक्त करता है। जब कवि जैट में छः मील की ऊंचाई पर पहुंचा, तो उसे पता चला कि पृथ्वी गोल है। इस पर भूमि की अपेक्षा पानी अधिक है। परन्तु उसकी समझ में यह नहीं आया कि इस सुन्दर पृथ्वी पर लोग एक-दूसरे से घृणा क्यों करते है और क्यों एक-दूसरे को मार डालते हैं।

The Tsunami Hindi translation Of The Lesson (With Word Meanings)

  1. When the jet sprang into the sky, it was clear why the city had developed the way it had, seeing it scaled six inches to the mile. There seemed an inevitability about what on ground had looked haphazard, unplanned and without style When the jet sprang into the sky.

1. जब जेट (हवाई जहाज) आकाश में ऊपर उठा तो यह स्पष्ट हो गया कि शहर का विस्तार इस तरीके क्यों हुआ। इसका पैमाना एक मील के लिए छ: इंच (6 inch = | mile) ही दिखाई पड़ता था। अर्थात् शहर के छोटे रूप को ऐसा लगा कि धरती पर दिखाई देने वाले शहर के तथा अनियोजित विस्तार को रोका नहीं जा सकता था। जब जहाज आकाश में ऊपर पहुंचा तब जा कर इस बात का आभास हुआ।

Word Meanings

sprang moved up, took off, ऊपर उठा

inevitability – state of being unavoidable, fat

बात को टाला या रोका न जा सकना

Haphazard -without any plan, अव्यवस्थित

   2. When the jet reached ten thousand feet, it was clear why the country had cities where the rivers ran and why the valleys were populated. The logic of geography- that land and water attracted man- was clearly delineated When the jet reached ten thousand feet.

2. जब जेट दस हजार फुट की ऊंचाई पर पहुंचा तो यह स्पष्ट हो गया कि देश में शहर नदियों के साथ-साथ क्यों बसे है तथा लोगों ने घाटियों में बस्तियां क्यों बसाई । कवि को भूगोल का यह तर्क स्पष्ट रूप से समझ में आ गया कि मानव को धरती (स्थल) और जल ने अपनी ओर आकर्षित किया। यह जेट के दस हजार फुट ऊपर जाने पर पता चली।

Word Meanings

populated full of inhabitants, आबाद थी

|delineated defined, स्पष्ट हो गया

3. When the jet rose six miles high, it was clear the earth was round and that it had more sea than land. But it was difficult to understand that the men on the earth found causes to hate each other, to build walls across cities and to kill. From that height, it was not clear why.

3. जब जेट छः मील की ऊंचाई पर पहुंचा। तो कवि यह बात समझ गया कि धरती गोल है। और इस पर स्थल की अपेक्षा समुद्र (जल) अधिक है। पर उसके लिए यह समझ पाना कठिन हो गया कि धरती पर मनुष्य किस कारण एक-दूसरे से नफरत (घृणा) करते है। शहरों के बीच दीवारे बनाते हैं और एक दूसरे की हत्या करते है। इतनी ऊंचाई से यह सब कुछ स्पष्ट नहीं था।

Word Meanings

rose went up, ऊपर गया

build walls (here) create barriers to separate

people, दीवारें खड़ी करीं l

The Tsunami Textbook Exercises (Solved)

WORKING WITH THE POEM

  1. Find three or four phrases in stanzas one and two which are likely to occur in a geography lesson.

Answer.The phrases are:

  1. scaled six inches to the mile
  2. the valleys were populated
  3. land and water attracted man
  4. the country had cities where the rivers ran2.  Seen from the window of an aieroplane, the city appears1.  as haphazard as on ground.
    2. as neat as a map
    3.as developed as necessary.

        Mark the right answer.

Answer. (2) as neat as a map.

  3. Which of the following statements are examples of “the logic of       geography”?

  1.  There are cities where there are rivers.
  2. Cities appear as they are not from six miles above the ground.
  3. It is easy to understand why valleys are populated.
  4. It is difficult to understand why humans hate and kill one another.
  5. The earth is round, and it has more sea than land.

Answer.

  1. There are cities where there are rivers.
  2. It is easy to understand why valleys are populated.
  3. The earth is round, and it has more sea than land.

The Tsunami Mention two things that are

  1. clear from the height.
  2. not clear from the height.

Answer.

(1) It is clear from the height that

(a) valleys are populated

(b) the earth is round

(2) It is not clear from the height why humans

(a) build walls across the cities.

(b) hate and kill one another.

The Tsunami Extract Based Questions

Read the stanzas given below and answer the questions that follow.

(1) When the jet reached ten thousand feet, it was clear why the country had cities where the rivers ran and why the valleys were populated. The logic of geography- that land and water attracted man- was clearly delineated When the jet reached ten thousand feet.

(1) Where are the cities located?

Answer. The cities are located near the rivers.

(2) Why are the valleys populated?

Answer. The valleys were populated because of the availability of land and water there.

(3) What is the logic of geography?

Answer. The logic of geography is that land and water attracted man.

(4) When could the poet understand all this?

Answer. The poet could understand all this when he looked down from a height of ten thousand feet above the ground.

(5) Write the rhyming words from the stanza.

Answer. ran – man; populated – delineated

(2) When the jet rose six miles highit was clear the earth was round and that it had more sea than land. But it was difficult to understand that the men on the earth found causes to hate each other, to build walls across cities and to kill. From that height, it was not clear why.

(1) At what height is the jet from the ground?

Answer. The jet is at a height of six miles from the ground.

(2) What becomes clear to the poet?

Answer. It becomes clear to the poet that the earth is round and it has more sea than land.

(3) Who hate and kill one another?

Answer. Men hate and kill one another.

(4) Does the poet know the reason behind it?

Answer. No, the poet fails to understand the reason behind it.

(5) Write the words that rhyme together.

Answer. Land-understand; high-why; round-found.

The Tsunami Additional Questions

Very Short Answer Type Question

  1. From where did the poet have a look on the earth?

Answer. The poet had a look on the earth from a jet in the sky.

  1. What seemed inevitable to the poet?

Answer. The unplanned development of the cities looked inevitable to the poet.

  1. What is the shape of the earth?

Answer. The shape of the earth is round.

  1. Which areas of the earth are generally populated?

Answer. The areas of the earth where land and water are easily available are generally populated.

The Tsunami Short Answer Type Questions

  1. What did the poet learn about the cities of the country from a height of ten thousand feet?

Answer. From a height of ten thousand feet, the poet learnt the fact that land and water attracted man. That is why the cities are located near rivers and the valleys are populated. Valleys and cities near rivers have easy access to fertile land and huge amounts of water..

  1. In what way a city seen from the ground is different from a city seen from above?

Answer. A city when seen from the ground look haphazard, unplanned and without any structure and style. However when one looks at a city from above the ground, one can see that it was made according to a particular plan. When looked from above the cities look properly designed.

The Tsunami Long Answer Type Questions

Give in brief the main idea of the poem.

Answer. Our earth is very beautiful. It is round in shape. The fact becomes clear when seen from the height. The earth has neatly planned cities where rivers run. The valleys are populated. There is more water than land on earth. Everything about the earth makes perfect sense. There is a reason why cities are located near rivers and valleys with fertile lands are populated. However what does not make sense is the hatred and cruelty of man towards his fellow beings. Humans are not satisfied. They build walls across the cities. They hate and kill each other. The poet wants to stress upon the need to live happily and peacefully.

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 Geography Chapter 5 Industries

KSEEB Solutions for Class 8 Geography Chapter 5 Industries Textbook Questions

Question 1. Answer the following questions:

1. What is meant by the term ‘industry’?

Answer. The term ’industry’ means the economic activity related to producing goods, extracting minerals and providing services.

2. Which are the main factors which influence the location of an industry?

Answer. The main factors on which the location of an industry depends are:

  1. Availability of raw material;
  2. Land
  3. Water
  4. Transportation;
  5. Labor
  6. Electricity
  7. Capital
  8. Market

3. Which industry is often referred to as the backbone of modern industry and why?

Answer. Iron and steel industry is often referred to as :he backbone of modem industry. The reasons are:

  1. It provides base for many industries.
  2. It lays the foundation for the rapid development of the other industries like automobiles, aircrafts, etc. which helps in the economic development of the country.

4. Why cotton textile industry rapidly expanded in Mumbai?

Answer. Cotton textile industry rapidly expanded in Mumbai due to the following reasons:

  1. Its humid climate is favorable for cotton growth,
  2. Facilities of Mumbai as a port for importing machinery,
  3. Availability of raw material,
  4. Availability of skilled labor.

KSEEB Solutions For Class 8 Geography Chapter 5 Industries

5. What are the similarities between information technology industry in Bengaluru and California?

Answer.

  1. Both are international centers of information technology.
  2. Skilled work force is available.
  3. Good climate.
  4. Both are connected with major roads and air ports.

Question 2. Tick the correct answer:

1. Silicon valley is located in:

  1. Bengaluru
  2. California
  3.  Ahmedabad

Answer. 2. California

2. Which one of the following industries is known as sunrise industry?

  1.  Iron and Steel Industry
  2. Cotton textile
  3.  Information Technology

Answer. 3. Information Technology

3. Which one of the following is a natural fibre?

  1. Nylon
  2. Jute
  3. Acryclic

Answer. Jute

Class 8 Geography KSEEB Industries Notes 

Question 3. Distinguish between the following.
1.  Agro- based and Mineral-based Industries.

geography industries

2. .Public Sector Industry and sector industry.

geography industries 1

Question 4. Give two examples of the following in the space provided.
1. Raw Materials:______ and___ .
2. End product: and_____ and ____
3. Tertiary Activities:_____ and _____
4. Agro-based Industries:____ and ____
5. Cottage Industries:____ and _____
6. Co-operatives:_____ and ____

Answer.

    1. Sugarcane
    2. Tree
    1. Sugar,
    2. Paper
    1. Transport
    2. Trade
    1.  Cotton textile
    2. Vegtables
    1. Basket weaving
    2.  Pottery
    1.  Dairy
    2. Sugar mill

Industries Text Questions

Questions 1. Trace the journey of your shirt from a cotton field to your wardrobe.

Answer.

  • .It started its life as part of a cotton boll.
  • Cotton bolls were picked from the farms and transported to the factory for processing.
  • there, the cotton bolls were processed and converted into cloth after mixing with chemicals.
  • This cloth went to factories where it was converted into a shirt using thread, buttons, etc.
  • The shirt then packed with paper box, plastic bags and pins.
  • Packed shirt sent to the market for sale.
  • Finally, it reached your hands.

Question 2. Give some examples of agro based industries

Answer. Some example of agro based industries are sugar industry, cotton industry, oil processing, jute industry, flour industry, etc.

Question 3. Find out the inputs, outputs and processes involved in the manufacture of a leather shoe.

Answer. The input, output and process involved in shoe manufacturing are:

geography table

Question 4. Bangaluru has some important public sector industries and research institutions. Find out the full forms of the organisations listed below.
BEL. BHEL, HAL, NAL, DRDO, ISRO, ITI, 115c, NCBS and UAS

Answer.

  1. BEL: Bharat Electronics Limited
  2. BHEL: Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited
  3. HAL: Hindustan Aerospace Limited or Hindustan Aeronautics Limited
  4. NAL: National Aeronautics Limited or National Aerospace Laboratories
  5. DRDO: Defferance Research Development Organization
  6. ISRO: Indian Space Research Organization
  7. ITI: Industrial Training Institute
  8. HSc: Indian Institute of Science
  9. NCBS: National Centre for Biological Sciences
  10. UAS: Unmanned Aerial (or Aircraft) System

KSEEB Class 8 Geography Solutions For Industries 

Industries Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. What is manufacturing?

Answer. It is a process in which raw materials change into products of more value to people.

Question 2. On what basis can we classify industries?

Answer. We can classify industries on the basis of raw materials, size and ownership.

Question 3. Classify the industries on the basis of raw materials.

Answer.

  1. Agro based
  2. Mineral based
  3. Marine based
  4. Forest based
  5. Animal based.

Question 4. Name the textile centres in Tamil Nadu.

Answer. Coimbatore, Chennai and Madurai.

Question 5. When was the first cotton textile mill set up?

Answer. The first cotton textile mill was set up at Bombay (Mumbai) in 1854.

Question 6. What is a heavy industry?

Answer. The industry which uses bulky and heavy raw materials are called heavy industry.

Question 7. Name some large scale industries.

Answer.

  1. Textile industry
  2. Iron and Steel industry
  3. Sugar industry
  4. Cement industry
  5. Aircraft and Ship industry
  6. Aluminium industry.

Question 8. When and where did one of the worst industrial disasters take place?

Answer. One of the worst industrial disasters took place in Bhopal (Madhya Pradesh, India) on 3 Dec. 1984 around 12:30 a.m.

Question 9. What is smelting?

Answer. The process by which the metals are taken cut from their ores by heating it beyond the melting point is called smelting.

Question 10. What are the inputs for iron and steel industry?

Answer. Raw materials such as iron ore, coal and Iimestone, along with labor, capital, site and other infrastructure are the inputs for iron and steel industry.

Question 11. When was the first Indian Steel Plant started?

Answer. India’s first steel plant, Tata Iron and Steel Company Limited (TISCO), was started in 1907 at Sakchi in Jharkhand. In 2005, its name has been changed to Tata Steel Limited.

Question 12. From where is the term ‘textile’ derived?

Answer. The term ‘textile’ is derived from the Latin word ‘texter’ which means to weave’.

Question 13. Why is Pittsburg famous?

Answer. Pittsburg is an important steel city of USA

Question 14. Name three sectors of cotton textile indusry in the world.

Answer. The three sectors of cotton textile industry in the world are Mumbai, Ahmedabad and Osaka.

Industries Class 8 KSEEB Questions And Answers 

Question 15. Name some industries located at Osaka.

Answer. Iron and Steel, Machinery, Ship building, Automobiles, Electrical equipment and Cement.

Question 16. Name the important centers of cotton textile industry.

Answer. Important centers of cotton textile industry are Mumbai, Ahmedabad, Coimbatore, Sholapur, Kolkata, Kanpur, Nagpur and Indore.

Question 17. Which raw material is used for the production of steel?

Answer.

  1. Iron-ore
  2. Manganese
  3. Coke
  4. Limestone
  5. Polomite.

Question 18. What do you mean by impurities?

Answer. The iron-ore contains several impurities. It is mixed with coal and limestone. These are called impurities.

Question 19. What is Information Technology?

Answer. The use of technologies like computer, calculators, telephones, E-mail, website, to provide information at a great speed is called Information Technology’.

Question 20. Name three companies located in Detroit.

Answer.

  1. General Motors
  2. Ford Motors
  3. Diamler Chrysler.

Question 21.Name the three bases on which industries are classified.

Answer. They are classified on the basis of

  1. Raw’ materials
  2. Ownership
  3. Size

Question 22. What are co-operative sector industries?

Answer. Co-operative sector industries are owned and operated by the producers or suppliers of raw materials, workers or both.

Question 23. What is the Private Sector?

Answer. The industries owned by individuals or group of individuals is called the Private sector

Question 24. What is the Public Sector?

Answer. The industries owned and operated by the Government are called Public Sector.

Question 25. Name any three industrial regions of India.

Answer.

  1. Mumbai-Pune Region
  2. Hoogli-Kolkata Region
  3. Chotanagpur Region.

Question 26. Name three steel centers.

Answer.

  1. Jamshedpur (Jharkhand)
  2. Rourkela (Odisha)
  3. Bhilai (Chhattisgarh).

Question 27. How did human beings fulfill their requirements in the past?

Answer. House and industries were used to prepare goods for the requirement of man. These things were produced by land.

Question 28. Name three discoveries that are helpful in industrialization.

Answer.

  1. Machinery
  2. Means of Transport
  3. Electricity.

Question 29. Mention four major industrial regions of the world.

Answer. The four major industrial regions or complexes of the world are:

  1. Eastern part of North America
  2. Western and Central Europe
  3. Eastern Europe
  4. Eastern Asia

Question 30. How is value added to products by manufacturing? Give two examples.

Answer.

  1. The paper is made from chemicals and pulp
  2. (Cloth is made from cotton

Explanation Of Industries In KSEEB Class 8 Geography 

Question 31. What factors determine the size of industries?

Answer.

  1. Number of people employed,
  2. Capital invested,
  3. Volume of production.

Industries Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. On what factors does the location of industries depend.

Answer. The factors on which the location of industry depencis are:

  1. Raw material,
  2. Electricity,
  3. Capital,
  4. Labor,
  5. Market,
  6. Cheap transportation,
  7. Political considerations,
  8. Water supply.

Question 2. Industries are located near sea ports and rivers. Why?

Answer. Many industries are located near the sea ports and river because the infrastructure to set up an industry is easily available, like water and transport facilities. The manufactured goods can be carried out from these sea ports.

Question 3. What are mineral based industries?

Answer. Mineral based industries obtain their raw materials primarily from rocks and minerals. The products of these industries feed other industries. Iron made from iron ore is the product of mineral based industries. This is used by other industries as a raw material. Iron and steel industry, aluminium, cement, etc. are mineral based industries.

Question 4. What are cottage industry?

Answer. Cottage Industry is a small scale industry where the products are manufactured by the artisans. This industry utilises local raw material. The products are mainly for local market This industry uses lesser amount of technology as compared to large scale Industry. Labor work is done mostly by the family members.

Answer.5. How does transport influence the location of Industries?

Answer. Transport plays an important role in the location of an industry. Some type of transport is needed for the assembly of raw material and for sending the finished goods to the market. A good network of transport at cheap rates is essential for the development of industries

Question 6. How does infrastructure help in industrial development?

Answer. The infrastructure plays a very important role in setting up an industry in a particular region.

  1. The places which have the infrastructure to set up an industry like availability of raw material, electricity, capital, etc. leap to the prospect of establishment of an industry in that area.
  2. Sometimes, industries also get concentrated in a region -where transport facilities are available.

KSEEB notes for Class 8 Geography Industries 

Question. 7. Mention the four sectors into which the textile industry is divided.

Answer. On the basis of the raw materials used, the textile industry is divided into the following sectors like:

  1. Cotton Textile Industry
  2. Woollen Textile Industry
  3. Silk Textile Industry
  4. Jute Textile Industry
  5. Synthetic Textile Industry.

Question 8. Describe the special features of the modern industry.

Answer. The special features of the modem industries are as under

  1. The production is done on a large scale.
  2. t is done by powerful and modem machines.
  3. Power energy is used in these industries.
  4. The market facilities are necessary.
  5. The means of transport and communication are necessary.

Question 9. ‘In India, the iron and steel industry is located in the region of West Bengal, Jharkhand, Odisha and Chhattisgarh’. Why?

Answer. The reasons for the following are:

  1. The raw materials required for iron and steel industries like iron-ore, coal and limestone are derived from these areas easily.
  2. Means of transport, like railways and roads also pass through this area on a good scale. So, goods can be easily carried within the country and imported outside to other countries.

Question 10. Why are cotton textile mills decentralized in the country?

Answer. Reasons of decentralization of cotton textile mills in the country are:

  1. Wide Market
  2. Transport
  3. Banking facilities
  4. Availability of electricity.

Question 11. What are the benefits of industrial development?

Answer. It provides jobs to the people, which decreases the dependence of people on agriculture. The country earns foreign exchange by exporting goods.

Question 12. Name the problems which are being faced by the Indian woollen industry.

Answer. Problems faced by the Indian woollen industry are:

  1. Problem of raw material.
  2. Lack of internal market.
  3. Low quality of woollen products.

Question 13. Why did the Cotton Textile Industry in India suffer a set-back in 1947?

Answer. After India got its independence in 1947, it was partitioned into two states. Due to this, the long staple cotton growing areas went to Pakistan. So this affected the cotton textile industry.

Question 14. Which city is often referred to as the ‘Manchester of India’ and why?

Answer . Ahmedabad is often referred to as the Manchester of India due to the following reasons:

  1. The cotton producing areas are in large areas.
  2. It can import quality raw cotton easily from other countries through the Mumbai Port.
  3. Labor is also cheap here.
  4. It has an access to internal markets also by roads and railways.

Question 15. Smelting of iron ore was known to Indians way before industrial revolution. Give reason in support of your answer.

Answer. The rust free Iron Pillar near Qutab Minar in Delhi shows that Indians knew iron ore smelting.

Question 16. State three factors which have helped in the development of the Silicon Valley.

Answer. The factors are:

  1. Availability of raw material – coal, iron ore.
  2. Power from D.V.C.
  3. Developed means of transport.

Question 17. Bengaluru is called the ‘Silicon Valley of India’. Why?

Answer. Bengaluru has the highest number of software companies in India. It has 300 software units and 50 multinational companies. Its software exports are nearly I/3rd of the national exports. It employs nearly 1,50,000 software professionals.

Question 18. Identify the problems being faced by the cotton textile mills at Ahmedabad.

Answer. In recent years, Ahmedabad textile mills have been facing some problems. Since many mills have not upgraded their machines and technology for a long time, they are unable to compete with the new players in the field. As a result many mills have closed down. Employment in this sector has also fallen.

Question 19. Which are the stages of production of textile industry?

Answer. There are three stages of textile industry’.

  1. First stage, farmers grow cotton.
  2. Second stage, the yam is spinned from the fibre,
  3. Third stage, the weaving work is done to produce textile. After the coloring and finishing work the clothes are sent in the market for sale.

Question 20. Name the great lakes of USA.

Answer. The great lakes of USA are Superior, Huron, Ontario, Michigan and Eric. Lake Superior is the largest of these five lakes. It lies at a higher upstream than others.

Question  21. Why do high technology industries group together?

Answer. High technology industries group together due to the following reasons:

  1. For the ease of access, they can be situated close to the highway or main road.
  2. Industries located together results in exchange in knowledge, which are an added bonus.
  3. As industries are located together, common services like roads, car parks, and waste disposal can be efficiently organised.

Question  22. What is an industry? Give three examples.

Answer. Industry refers to an economic activity. It is concerned with the production of goods, extraction of minerals or the provision of services. Iron and steel industry coal mining and tourism are the three examples.

Question 23. Distinguish between Agro-based Industries and Heavy Industries.

geography-table2

24. Distinguish between:
1. Public Sector and Private Sector.
2. Basic industry and Consumer industry,
3. Pure iron and steel.

geography-table3

Question 25. Based on ownership, name the three sectors of industries. Give examples.

Answer. On the basis of ownership, three sectors of industries are found in India.

  1. Public Sector: These are managed by state, such as Bharat Steel Plant.
  2. Private Sector: These are managed by private management of individuals such as TISCO at Jamshedpur.
  3. Joint or Co-operative Sector: These are managed by co-operative societies such as sugar mills.

KSEEB Class 8 Geography Chapter 5 Important Questions 

Industries Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1. What is an industrial system?

Answer. Inputs, processes and outputs are a part of an industrial system. In it, inputs include raw material, costs of land, labor, transport and other infrastructure along with power. Raw materials are converted into finished goods by processes. The end product is the output along with the income earned from it Inputs included in the cotton textile industry are cotton, labor, transport and factor)’ cost Ginning, spinning, weaving, dyeing and printing are the processes and the output is the cloth (or shirt).

Question 2. What are the important factors of modern industry?

Answer. The important factors of modem industry are as follows;

  1. Raw material is the basic ingredient of a modern industry.
  2. Capital is necessary for purchasing raw material and for paying wages.
  3. Power provides motive force to machines that are installed for production.
  4. Market means sufficient demand for finished goods.
  5. Skilled labor is also required to operate machines and process raw material of the finished goods.
  6. Transport facilities are also vital for modern industries. They are required to bring raw material to the industry and to support finished goods.

Question 3. Describe the development of Ahmedabad as a cotton textile center.

Answer. Ahmedabad is often referred to as the Manchester of India. It is situated in Gujarat. It is the largest textile center in Gujarat and second largest in India after Mumbai. The first textile mill was set up here in 1859.

Factors:

  1. It is near the main cotton producing belt of India.
  2. Climate is humid and thus suitable for this industry1.
  3. Cheap skilled and semi-skilled labor can be easily received from the surrounding areas.
  4. Ahmedabad has a good network of transport
  5. The textiles from Ahmedabad find ready market in ever)’ part of India.
  6. There are 50 mills in Ahmedabad.
  7. Cheap hydro-electricity is readily available.

Question 4. What are the different bases for classifying industries?

Answer. Industries can be classified on the following ways:

(a)On the basis of Raw Materials:

1. Agro based industries which obtain raw materials from agriculture such as food processing, sugar, cotton industries, etc.
2. Mineral based industries which use minerals as their raw materials such as iron and steel, aluminium, cement and copper industries.

(b) On the basis of Size of Industrial Units:

  1. Large Scale Industries: Iron and steel, cotton textiles and oil refining are examples of Large Scale Industries.
  2. (Most of the industrial units in India come under the category of Medium and Small Scale Industries.
  3. Small Scale Industries: If the industrial unit is small, having very few people employed and the amount of money invested is also not very high, it is called a Small Scale Industry.
  4. Cottage Industries: A wide variety of goods such as carving on woods, making of cane furniture and other items, weaving of cloth or handlooms, making pickles, etc. are produced in very small units mostly in homes with the help of family members only. These industries are known as cottage industries.

    (C) On the basis of ownership:

    Depending upon the nature of ownership, the industries may be classified as private, co-operative,
    public and joint sector industries.
    1. Private Industries’ An industry owned and managed by an individual or a group of individuals is called a Private Sector Industry
    2.Cooperative Industries: If the ownership of an industry belongs to co-operatives, t is called Central Cooperative Sector (formed by a group of people) Industry-
    3.Public Sector Industries: If the government, center or the state, is the owner of an industry, it is called a Public Sector Industry.
    4. Joint Sector Industries: Industries setup, owned and managed in co-operation between the government and the private initiative are called Joint Sector Industries.
    5.Multinational Companies: In recent years, a number of industries have been set up in collaboration with foreign investors. They are called Multi National Companies.

Question5. What is information technology? What are the main centers of information technology in India? Describe its development in the Silicon Valley.

Answer. Radio, telephone, telegraph, television, fax and computer connect people in different parts of the world. These have made our lives much comfortable. By using technologies such as computers, calculators, telephones and various electronic equipments, we can store, process and distribute information at a great speed and is called Information Technology
Main Centers in India: Bengaluru, Hyderabad Mumbai, Pune, Chennai, Delhi-Noida-Gurgaon belt, Chandigarh and Thiruvanantapuram are some of the important centers of the Information T technology. Indian companies are becoming proficient in chip design, web-based services and telecom software, among other fields. India has emerged as one of the great leaders in this field.

Silicon Valley is located in west central California. It contains about 50 kilometre by 20 kilometres strip of land in Santa Clara County between the cites of San Francisco and San Jose. Today, Silicon Valley is considered one of the greatest ‘science pa’ks1 in the world that contains hundreds of high-tech information technology industries.
It is an important information technology center in the USA. Several large companies such as Intel, the world leader n making microprocessors, Apple Computer, makers of computer, Hewlett- Packard, and Sun Microsystems are located in the Silicon Valley. The foundation of Silicon Valley was laid at Stanford University, for supporting research in the post World War II period. The Stanford University was developed as Stanford Research Park in 1951. Electronic industries were invited to set up their firms in this park. The University provided the land and facilities. Professor Frederick Emmons Terman, planned this knowledge-based electronic industry region centered in the University. He is, therefore, called the father of the Silicon Valley.

Question 6. What is an Industrial Region? Describe the major Industrial Regions of India.

Answer. With the development of an industry in a region, other industries also get attracted to that region. Sometimes, industries also cluster’ together. Such clusters are known as industrial regions or complexes.
India has eight industrial regions in India:
1. Mumbai-Pune Region which extends from Thane to Pune and the adjoining districts of Nasik and Sholapur,
2. Hugli-Region extends from Bansbaria in the north to Birlanagar in the south;
3. Bengaluru-Tamil Nadu Region extends from Bengaluru to all parts of Tamil Nadu except Villupuram;
4. Gujarat Region lies between Ahmedabad and Vadodara in the south to Jamnagar in the west;
5. Chhota Nagpur Region extends over Jharkhand, northern Odisha and western West Bengal;
6. Vishakhapatnam-Guntur Region extends from Vishakhapatnam district to Kumool and Prakasam districts in the south;
7. Gurgaon-Delhi-Meerut Region includes Gurgaon, Delhi.
8. Kollam-Thiruvananthapuram Industrial Region.

geography map

Industries Hots Corner

Question 1. How is the economic strength of a country judged?

Answer. Development of Industries.

Question 2. Name the emerging industries.

Answer. Industries such ad IT, Hospitality, knowledge and welfare are known as ’Sunrise Industries’ as these are emerging industries.

Question 3. What is GMR?

Answer. GMR means Great Mineral Region at India including states of West Bengal, Jharkhand, Odisha and Chhattisgarh.

Question 4. What is an industrial region?

Answer. With the development of an industry in a region, other industries also get attracted to that region. Sometimes, industries also cluster together. Such clusters are known as industrial regions or complexes.

Detailed Notes On Industries KSEEB Geography 

Question  5. Why is the Iron and Steel industry called basic industry?

Answer. It is called basic industry because it provides Iron and Steel for manufacturing tools and machines for various construction purposes. This is a feeder industry-‘ whose products are used as raw material for other industries.

Question 6. How did Stanford University help in the development of Silicon Valley?

Answer. The foundation of Silicon Valley was laid at Stanford University. Stanford alumni David Packard and William Hewlett established a small electronic company. It developed as research park and later Electronics industries and knowledge based industries were developed.

Question 7. What are the different stages in the production of a book?

Answer. This process starts with the growth of a tree. Tree is cut and transported to the pulp mill. Wood is converted into wood pulp. Chemicals are used with wood pulp to convert it into paper. Paper is printed and folded into a book

Question 8. Name three industrial regions of the world.

Answer. The industrial regions of the world are:

  1. Western Europe
  2.  Eastern part of North America
  3.  Eastern Asia.

Question 9. What are the risk reduction measures in industries?

Answer. The risk reduction measures in industries are:

  1. Care should be taken so that the industrial areas should be far away from the residential areas.
  2. Improvement should be done regarding the storage capacity of toxic substances.
  3. Improvement should be taken up regarding lighting system and fire warning.
  4. improvement should be done regarding the pollution dispersion qualities of the industries.
  5. Toxics and hazardous substances are abundant in and around industrial areas. People residing near such areas should be aware of the risks involved and the possible effects in case of an accident.

Question 10. Discuss briefly about the Bhopal Gas Tragedy.

Answer. The Bhopal gas tragedy was one of the worst industrial disasters that occurred in Bhopal. It happened on 3rd Dec. 1984 around 12:30 a.m. when most of the people were sleeping. A highly toxic gas known as methyl isocyanate or MIC, as it is popularly known, along with Hydrogen Cyanide leaked from the Union Carbide pesticide factor)-. Thousands of people died (official death toll was 3,598 in 1989). Thousands are still suffering from one or many ailments like blindness, impaired immune system, etc.

Simplified Notes For KSEEB Class 8 Geography Industries 

Industries Map Based Questions

Question 1. Locate the major iron-ore producing areas on the map of the world.

geography glob
Major Iron Ore Producing  Areas of the World

Question 2. Locate the major Cotton Textile Manufacturing Regions on the map of the world.

geography glob 2

Major Cotton Textile Manufacturing Regions of the World

Industries Miscellaneous Questions

A. Multiple Choice Questions

Tick the correct option from the choices provided:

Question 1. Which type of activity is manufacturing?

(a)Primary
(b)Secondary
(c)Tertiary
(d)Quartemary

Answer. (b) Secondary

Question 2. Which of these is an agro based industry?

(a)Iron and Steel
(b)Railway Engines
(c)Cotton Textile
(d)Building Materials

Answer. (c) Cotton Textile

Question 3. Which of these is a mineral based industry?

(a)Cotton Textile
b)Food Processing
(c)Iron and Steel
(d)Vegetable oil

Answer. (c) Iron and Steel

Question 4. Heavy machinery industry is a_____ industry.

(a)Agro based
(b)Mineral based
(c)Marine based
(d)Forest based

Answers. (b) Mineral based

Question 5. Pharmaceutical industry is a_____ industry.

(a)Forest based
(b)Agro based
(c)Mineral based
(d)Marine based

Answer: (a) Forest based

Question 6. Tata Steel is an industry of ______type.

(a)Public Industry
(b)Private Industry
(c)Joint Industry
(d)None

Answer. (a) Public Industry

Question 7. When did the Bhopal tragedy take place?

(a)1982
(b)1983
(c)1984
(d)1985

Answer. (c) 1984

Question 8. When was Tata Iron and Steel Plant established?

(a)1905
(b)1906
(c)1907
(d)1908

Answer. (c) 1907

Question 9. When was the first cotton mill established in Kolkata?

(a)1816
(b)1817
(c)1818
(d)1820

Answer. (c) 1818

Question 10. Which town is called the Manchester of India?

(a)Ahmedabad
(b)Mumbai
(c)Kolkata
(d)Kanpur

Answer. (a) Ahmedabad

Industries B. One Word/Sentence Answers

Answer the following questions in one word/sentence:

1. When was the first Cotton Textile Mill set up in India?

   Answer. 1854

2. Give an example of Joint Sector.

Answer. Maruti Udyog

3. Give an example of Co-operative Sector Industries.

Answer. Anand Milk Union Ltd

4. Name the harmful effects of many industries.

Answer. Pollution

5. Which country is the largest producer of steel in the world?

Answer. China

6. Which sector of the Textile Industry is the oldest industry of the world?

Answer. Cotton textile industry

7. Who is called the father of Silicon Valley?

Answer. Professor Frederick Emmon Terman.

8. Which city is known as ‘Manchester of Japan’?

Answer. Osaka

(9. What is the raw material of textile industry?

Answer. Fibres

10. Name a steel plant located at a port.

Answer. Vishakhapatnam

11. From which raw material is paper manufactured?

Answer. Wood

12. Where does India rank in world production of steel?

Answer. 9th

13. Name a method of treating water.

Answer. Recycling

Industries C. Fill in the Blanks

Fill the blanks with appropriate terms in the following sentences:

1. _______ and_____ are two examples of basic industries.

Answer. Automobiles and machines tools

2. ______and_____ are two agro-based industries.

Answer. Cotton textile industry and vegetable oil industry

3. ______and____ are two examples of animal-based industries.

Answer. Dairy industry- and meat industry

4. _____ and_____ are two examples of Consumer Industry.

Answer. Bicycle Industry and paper Industry

5. ______and____ are two countries of the world known for automobile Industry.

Answer. Japan and China

6. _____and____ are two industrial regions of India located near the sea ports.

Answer. Mumbai and Chennai

7. ____ ____ and _____ are three information technology centres in India.

Answer. Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Mohali.

8. _____are _____major basis of classification of the industries on the basis of size.

Answer. Small scale and large scale

Industries D. Picture Interpretation

Look at the following picture and answer the questions that follow:

  1. Identify the major industrial regions marked as A to H on the below map. What does the alphabets denotes on the map?

geography map 2

Answer. The shadowed area is showing industrial region on the map. The alphabets represent the following on the map:

A. Gurgaon-Delhi-Meerut Region includes Gurgaon, Delhi;
B. Hugli-Region extends from Bansbaria in the north to Birlanagar in the south;
C. Chhotanagpur Region extends over Jharkhand, northern Odisha and western West Bengal;
D .Gujarat Region lies between Ahmedabad and Vadodara in the south to Jamnagar in the west;
E. Mumbai-Pune Region which extends from Thane to Pune and the adjoining districts of Nasik and Sholapur;
F. Vishakhapatnam-Guntur Region extends from Vishakhapatnam district to Kumool and Prakasam districts in the south;
G. Bengaluru-Tamil Nadu Region extends from Bengaluru to all parts of Tamil Nadu except Villupurams
H. Kollam-Thiruvananthapuram Industrial Region.